| 1 | // x86_64.cc -- x86_64 target support for gold. |
| 2 | |
| 3 | // Copyright (C) 2006-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | // Written by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | // This file is part of gold. |
| 7 | |
| 8 | // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 9 | // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 10 | // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| 11 | // (at your option) any later version. |
| 12 | |
| 13 | // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 14 | // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 15 | // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 16 | // GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 17 | |
| 18 | // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 19 | // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 20 | // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, |
| 21 | // MA 02110-1301, USA. |
| 22 | |
| 23 | #include "gold.h" |
| 24 | |
| 25 | #include <cstring> |
| 26 | |
| 27 | #include "elfcpp.h" |
| 28 | #include "dwarf.h" |
| 29 | #include "parameters.h" |
| 30 | #include "reloc.h" |
| 31 | #include "x86_64.h" |
| 32 | #include "object.h" |
| 33 | #include "symtab.h" |
| 34 | #include "layout.h" |
| 35 | #include "output.h" |
| 36 | #include "copy-relocs.h" |
| 37 | #include "target.h" |
| 38 | #include "target-reloc.h" |
| 39 | #include "target-select.h" |
| 40 | #include "tls.h" |
| 41 | #include "freebsd.h" |
| 42 | #include "nacl.h" |
| 43 | #include "gc.h" |
| 44 | #include "icf.h" |
| 45 | |
| 46 | namespace |
| 47 | { |
| 48 | |
| 49 | using namespace gold; |
| 50 | |
| 51 | // A class to handle the .got.plt section. |
| 52 | |
| 53 | class Output_data_got_plt_x86_64 : public Output_section_data_build |
| 54 | { |
| 55 | public: |
| 56 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64(Layout* layout) |
| 57 | : Output_section_data_build(8), |
| 58 | layout_(layout) |
| 59 | { } |
| 60 | |
| 61 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64(Layout* layout, off_t data_size) |
| 62 | : Output_section_data_build(data_size, 8), |
| 63 | layout_(layout) |
| 64 | { } |
| 65 | |
| 66 | protected: |
| 67 | // Write out the PLT data. |
| 68 | void |
| 69 | do_write(Output_file*); |
| 70 | |
| 71 | // Write to a map file. |
| 72 | void |
| 73 | do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const |
| 74 | { mapfile->print_output_data(this, "** GOT PLT"); } |
| 75 | |
| 76 | private: |
| 77 | // A pointer to the Layout class, so that we can find the .dynamic |
| 78 | // section when we write out the GOT PLT section. |
| 79 | Layout* layout_; |
| 80 | }; |
| 81 | |
| 82 | // A class to handle the PLT data. |
| 83 | // This is an abstract base class that handles most of the linker details |
| 84 | // but does not know the actual contents of PLT entries. The derived |
| 85 | // classes below fill in those details. |
| 86 | |
| 87 | template<int size> |
| 88 | class Output_data_plt_x86_64 : public Output_section_data |
| 89 | { |
| 90 | public: |
| 91 | typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, true, size, false> Reloc_section; |
| 92 | |
| 93 | Output_data_plt_x86_64(Layout* layout, uint64_t addralign, |
| 94 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 95 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 96 | Output_data_space* got_irelative) |
| 97 | : Output_section_data(addralign), tlsdesc_rel_(NULL), |
| 98 | irelative_rel_(NULL), got_(got), got_plt_(got_plt), |
| 99 | got_irelative_(got_irelative), count_(0), irelative_count_(0), |
| 100 | tlsdesc_got_offset_(-1U), free_list_() |
| 101 | { this->init(layout); } |
| 102 | |
| 103 | Output_data_plt_x86_64(Layout* layout, uint64_t plt_entry_size, |
| 104 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 105 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 106 | Output_data_space* got_irelative, |
| 107 | unsigned int plt_count) |
| 108 | : Output_section_data((plt_count + 1) * plt_entry_size, |
| 109 | plt_entry_size, false), |
| 110 | tlsdesc_rel_(NULL), irelative_rel_(NULL), got_(got), |
| 111 | got_plt_(got_plt), got_irelative_(got_irelative), count_(plt_count), |
| 112 | irelative_count_(0), tlsdesc_got_offset_(-1U), free_list_() |
| 113 | { |
| 114 | this->init(layout); |
| 115 | |
| 116 | // Initialize the free list and reserve the first entry. |
| 117 | this->free_list_.init((plt_count + 1) * plt_entry_size, false); |
| 118 | this->free_list_.remove(0, plt_entry_size); |
| 119 | } |
| 120 | |
| 121 | // Initialize the PLT section. |
| 122 | void |
| 123 | init(Layout* layout); |
| 124 | |
| 125 | // Add an entry to the PLT. |
| 126 | void |
| 127 | add_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Symbol* gsym); |
| 128 | |
| 129 | // Add an entry to the PLT for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. |
| 130 | unsigned int |
| 131 | add_local_ifunc_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout*, |
| 132 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* relobj, |
| 133 | unsigned int local_sym_index); |
| 134 | |
| 135 | // Add the relocation for a PLT entry. |
| 136 | void |
| 137 | add_relocation(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Symbol* gsym, |
| 138 | unsigned int got_offset); |
| 139 | |
| 140 | // Add the reserved TLSDESC_PLT entry to the PLT. |
| 141 | void |
| 142 | reserve_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned int got_offset) |
| 143 | { this->tlsdesc_got_offset_ = got_offset; } |
| 144 | |
| 145 | // Return true if a TLSDESC_PLT entry has been reserved. |
| 146 | bool |
| 147 | has_tlsdesc_entry() const |
| 148 | { return this->tlsdesc_got_offset_ != -1U; } |
| 149 | |
| 150 | // Return the GOT offset for the reserved TLSDESC_PLT entry. |
| 151 | unsigned int |
| 152 | get_tlsdesc_got_offset() const |
| 153 | { return this->tlsdesc_got_offset_; } |
| 154 | |
| 155 | // Return the offset of the reserved TLSDESC_PLT entry. |
| 156 | unsigned int |
| 157 | get_tlsdesc_plt_offset() const |
| 158 | { |
| 159 | return ((this->count_ + this->irelative_count_ + 1) |
| 160 | * this->get_plt_entry_size()); |
| 161 | } |
| 162 | |
| 163 | // Return the .rela.plt section data. |
| 164 | Reloc_section* |
| 165 | rela_plt() |
| 166 | { return this->rel_; } |
| 167 | |
| 168 | // Return where the TLSDESC relocations should go. |
| 169 | Reloc_section* |
| 170 | rela_tlsdesc(Layout*); |
| 171 | |
| 172 | // Return where the IRELATIVE relocations should go in the PLT |
| 173 | // relocations. |
| 174 | Reloc_section* |
| 175 | rela_irelative(Symbol_table*, Layout*); |
| 176 | |
| 177 | // Return whether we created a section for IRELATIVE relocations. |
| 178 | bool |
| 179 | has_irelative_section() const |
| 180 | { return this->irelative_rel_ != NULL; } |
| 181 | |
| 182 | // Get count of regular PLT entries. |
| 183 | unsigned int |
| 184 | regular_count() const |
| 185 | { return this->count_; } |
| 186 | |
| 187 | // Return the total number of PLT entries. |
| 188 | unsigned int |
| 189 | entry_count() const |
| 190 | { return this->count_ + this->irelative_count_; } |
| 191 | |
| 192 | // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry. |
| 193 | unsigned int |
| 194 | first_plt_entry_offset() |
| 195 | { return this->get_plt_entry_size(); } |
| 196 | |
| 197 | // Return the size of a PLT entry. |
| 198 | unsigned int |
| 199 | get_plt_entry_size() const |
| 200 | { return this->do_get_plt_entry_size(); } |
| 201 | |
| 202 | // Reserve a slot in the PLT for an existing symbol in an incremental update. |
| 203 | void |
| 204 | reserve_slot(unsigned int plt_index) |
| 205 | { |
| 206 | this->free_list_.remove((plt_index + 1) * this->get_plt_entry_size(), |
| 207 | (plt_index + 2) * this->get_plt_entry_size()); |
| 208 | } |
| 209 | |
| 210 | // Return the PLT address to use for a global symbol. |
| 211 | uint64_t |
| 212 | address_for_global(const Symbol* sym) |
| 213 | { return do_address_for_global(sym); } |
| 214 | |
| 215 | // Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol. |
| 216 | uint64_t |
| 217 | address_for_local(const Relobj* obj, unsigned int symndx) |
| 218 | { return do_address_for_local(obj, symndx); } |
| 219 | |
| 220 | // Add .eh_frame information for the PLT. |
| 221 | void |
| 222 | add_eh_frame(Layout* layout) |
| 223 | { this->do_add_eh_frame(layout); } |
| 224 | |
| 225 | protected: |
| 226 | Output_data_got<64, false>* |
| 227 | got() const |
| 228 | { return this->got_; } |
| 229 | |
| 230 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* |
| 231 | got_plt() const |
| 232 | { return this->got_plt_; } |
| 233 | |
| 234 | Output_data_space* |
| 235 | got_irelative() const |
| 236 | { return this->got_irelative_; } |
| 237 | |
| 238 | // Fill in the first PLT entry. |
| 239 | void |
| 240 | fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 241 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 242 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address) |
| 243 | { this->do_fill_first_plt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address); } |
| 244 | |
| 245 | // Fill in a normal PLT entry. Returns the offset into the entry that |
| 246 | // should be the initial GOT slot value. |
| 247 | unsigned int |
| 248 | fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 249 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 250 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 251 | unsigned int got_offset, |
| 252 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 253 | unsigned int plt_index) |
| 254 | { |
| 255 | return this->do_fill_plt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, |
| 256 | got_offset, plt_offset, plt_index); |
| 257 | } |
| 258 | |
| 259 | // Fill in the reserved TLSDESC PLT entry. |
| 260 | void |
| 261 | fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 262 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 263 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 264 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base, |
| 265 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset, |
| 266 | unsigned int plt_offset) |
| 267 | { |
| 268 | this->do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, got_base, |
| 269 | tlsdesc_got_offset, plt_offset); |
| 270 | } |
| 271 | |
| 272 | virtual unsigned int |
| 273 | do_get_plt_entry_size() const = 0; |
| 274 | |
| 275 | virtual void |
| 276 | do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 277 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_addr, |
| 278 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_addr) |
| 279 | = 0; |
| 280 | |
| 281 | virtual unsigned int |
| 282 | do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 283 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 284 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 285 | unsigned int got_offset, |
| 286 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 287 | unsigned int plt_index) = 0; |
| 288 | |
| 289 | virtual void |
| 290 | do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 291 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 292 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 293 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base, |
| 294 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset, |
| 295 | unsigned int plt_offset) = 0; |
| 296 | |
| 297 | // Return the PLT address to use for a global symbol. |
| 298 | virtual uint64_t |
| 299 | do_address_for_global(const Symbol* sym); |
| 300 | |
| 301 | // Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol. |
| 302 | virtual uint64_t |
| 303 | do_address_for_local(const Relobj* obj, unsigned int symndx); |
| 304 | |
| 305 | virtual void |
| 306 | do_add_eh_frame(Layout* layout) = 0; |
| 307 | |
| 308 | void |
| 309 | do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os); |
| 310 | |
| 311 | // Write to a map file. |
| 312 | void |
| 313 | do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const |
| 314 | { mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); } |
| 315 | |
| 316 | // The CIE of the .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT. |
| 317 | static const int plt_eh_frame_cie_size = 16; |
| 318 | static const unsigned char plt_eh_frame_cie[plt_eh_frame_cie_size]; |
| 319 | |
| 320 | private: |
| 321 | // Set the final size. |
| 322 | void |
| 323 | set_final_data_size(); |
| 324 | |
| 325 | // Write out the PLT data. |
| 326 | void |
| 327 | do_write(Output_file*); |
| 328 | |
| 329 | // The reloc section. |
| 330 | Reloc_section* rel_; |
| 331 | // The TLSDESC relocs, if necessary. These must follow the regular |
| 332 | // PLT relocs. |
| 333 | Reloc_section* tlsdesc_rel_; |
| 334 | // The IRELATIVE relocs, if necessary. These must follow the |
| 335 | // regular PLT relocations and the TLSDESC relocations. |
| 336 | Reloc_section* irelative_rel_; |
| 337 | // The .got section. |
| 338 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got_; |
| 339 | // The .got.plt section. |
| 340 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt_; |
| 341 | // The part of the .got.plt section used for IRELATIVE relocs. |
| 342 | Output_data_space* got_irelative_; |
| 343 | // The number of PLT entries. |
| 344 | unsigned int count_; |
| 345 | // Number of PLT entries with R_X86_64_IRELATIVE relocs. These |
| 346 | // follow the regular PLT entries. |
| 347 | unsigned int irelative_count_; |
| 348 | // Offset of the reserved TLSDESC_GOT entry when needed. |
| 349 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset_; |
| 350 | // List of available regions within the section, for incremental |
| 351 | // update links. |
| 352 | Free_list free_list_; |
| 353 | }; |
| 354 | |
| 355 | template<int size> |
| 356 | class Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard : public Output_data_plt_x86_64<size> |
| 357 | { |
| 358 | public: |
| 359 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard(Layout* layout, |
| 360 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 361 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 362 | Output_data_space* got_irelative) |
| 363 | : Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>(layout, plt_entry_size, |
| 364 | got, got_plt, got_irelative) |
| 365 | { } |
| 366 | |
| 367 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard(Layout* layout, |
| 368 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 369 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 370 | Output_data_space* got_irelative, |
| 371 | unsigned int plt_count) |
| 372 | : Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>(layout, plt_entry_size, |
| 373 | got, got_plt, got_irelative, |
| 374 | plt_count) |
| 375 | { } |
| 376 | |
| 377 | protected: |
| 378 | virtual unsigned int |
| 379 | do_get_plt_entry_size() const |
| 380 | { return plt_entry_size; } |
| 381 | |
| 382 | virtual void |
| 383 | do_add_eh_frame(Layout* layout) |
| 384 | { |
| 385 | layout->add_eh_frame_for_plt(this, |
| 386 | this->plt_eh_frame_cie, |
| 387 | this->plt_eh_frame_cie_size, |
| 388 | plt_eh_frame_fde, |
| 389 | plt_eh_frame_fde_size); |
| 390 | } |
| 391 | |
| 392 | virtual void |
| 393 | do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 394 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_addr, |
| 395 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_addr); |
| 396 | |
| 397 | virtual unsigned int |
| 398 | do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 399 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 400 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 401 | unsigned int got_offset, |
| 402 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 403 | unsigned int plt_index); |
| 404 | |
| 405 | virtual void |
| 406 | do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 407 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 408 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 409 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base, |
| 410 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset, |
| 411 | unsigned int plt_offset); |
| 412 | |
| 413 | private: |
| 414 | // The size of an entry in the PLT. |
| 415 | static const int plt_entry_size = 16; |
| 416 | |
| 417 | // The first entry in the PLT. |
| 418 | // From the AMD64 ABI: "Unlike Intel386 ABI, this ABI uses the same |
| 419 | // procedure linkage table for both programs and shared objects." |
| 420 | static const unsigned char first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size]; |
| 421 | |
| 422 | // Other entries in the PLT for an executable. |
| 423 | static const unsigned char plt_entry[plt_entry_size]; |
| 424 | |
| 425 | // The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable. |
| 426 | static const unsigned char tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size]; |
| 427 | |
| 428 | // The .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT. |
| 429 | static const int plt_eh_frame_fde_size = 32; |
| 430 | static const unsigned char plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size]; |
| 431 | }; |
| 432 | |
| 433 | class Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd : public Output_data_plt_x86_64<64> |
| 434 | { |
| 435 | public: |
| 436 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd(Layout* layout, |
| 437 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 438 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 439 | Output_data_space* got_irelative) |
| 440 | : Output_data_plt_x86_64<64>(layout, plt_entry_size, |
| 441 | got, got_plt, got_irelative), |
| 442 | aplt_offset_(0) |
| 443 | { } |
| 444 | |
| 445 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd(Layout* layout, |
| 446 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 447 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 448 | Output_data_space* got_irelative, |
| 449 | unsigned int plt_count) |
| 450 | : Output_data_plt_x86_64<64>(layout, plt_entry_size, |
| 451 | got, got_plt, got_irelative, |
| 452 | plt_count), |
| 453 | aplt_offset_(0) |
| 454 | { } |
| 455 | |
| 456 | protected: |
| 457 | virtual unsigned int |
| 458 | do_get_plt_entry_size() const |
| 459 | { return plt_entry_size; } |
| 460 | |
| 461 | // Return the PLT address to use for a global symbol. |
| 462 | uint64_t |
| 463 | do_address_for_global(const Symbol*); |
| 464 | |
| 465 | // Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol. |
| 466 | uint64_t |
| 467 | do_address_for_local(const Relobj*, unsigned int symndx); |
| 468 | |
| 469 | virtual void |
| 470 | do_add_eh_frame(Layout* layout) |
| 471 | { |
| 472 | layout->add_eh_frame_for_plt(this, |
| 473 | this->plt_eh_frame_cie, |
| 474 | this->plt_eh_frame_cie_size, |
| 475 | plt_eh_frame_fde, |
| 476 | plt_eh_frame_fde_size); |
| 477 | } |
| 478 | |
| 479 | virtual void |
| 480 | do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 481 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_addr, |
| 482 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_addr); |
| 483 | |
| 484 | virtual unsigned int |
| 485 | do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 486 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 487 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 488 | unsigned int got_offset, |
| 489 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 490 | unsigned int plt_index); |
| 491 | |
| 492 | virtual void |
| 493 | do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 494 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 495 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 496 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_base, |
| 497 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset, |
| 498 | unsigned int plt_offset); |
| 499 | |
| 500 | void |
| 501 | fill_aplt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 502 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 503 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 504 | unsigned int got_offset, |
| 505 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 506 | unsigned int plt_index); |
| 507 | |
| 508 | private: |
| 509 | // Set the final size. |
| 510 | void |
| 511 | set_final_data_size(); |
| 512 | |
| 513 | // Write out the BND PLT data. |
| 514 | void |
| 515 | do_write(Output_file*); |
| 516 | |
| 517 | // Offset of the Additional PLT (if using -z bndplt). |
| 518 | unsigned int aplt_offset_; |
| 519 | |
| 520 | // The size of an entry in the PLT. |
| 521 | static const int plt_entry_size = 16; |
| 522 | |
| 523 | // The size of an entry in the additional PLT. |
| 524 | static const int aplt_entry_size = 8; |
| 525 | |
| 526 | // The first entry in the PLT. |
| 527 | // From the AMD64 ABI: "Unlike Intel386 ABI, this ABI uses the same |
| 528 | // procedure linkage table for both programs and shared objects." |
| 529 | static const unsigned char first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size]; |
| 530 | |
| 531 | // Other entries in the PLT for an executable. |
| 532 | static const unsigned char plt_entry[plt_entry_size]; |
| 533 | |
| 534 | // Entries in the additional PLT. |
| 535 | static const unsigned char aplt_entry[aplt_entry_size]; |
| 536 | |
| 537 | // The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable. |
| 538 | static const unsigned char tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size]; |
| 539 | |
| 540 | // The .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT. |
| 541 | static const int plt_eh_frame_fde_size = 32; |
| 542 | static const unsigned char plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size]; |
| 543 | }; |
| 544 | |
| 545 | // We use this PLT when Indirect Branch Tracking (IBT) is enabled. |
| 546 | |
| 547 | template <int size> |
| 548 | class Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt : public Output_data_plt_x86_64<size> |
| 549 | { |
| 550 | public: |
| 551 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt(Layout* layout, |
| 552 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 553 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 554 | Output_data_space* got_irelative) |
| 555 | : Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>(layout, plt_entry_size, |
| 556 | got, got_plt, got_irelative), |
| 557 | aplt_offset_(0) |
| 558 | { } |
| 559 | |
| 560 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt(Layout* layout, |
| 561 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 562 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 563 | Output_data_space* got_irelative, |
| 564 | unsigned int plt_count) |
| 565 | : Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>(layout, plt_entry_size, |
| 566 | got, got_plt, got_irelative, |
| 567 | plt_count), |
| 568 | aplt_offset_(0) |
| 569 | { } |
| 570 | |
| 571 | protected: |
| 572 | virtual unsigned int |
| 573 | do_get_plt_entry_size() const |
| 574 | { return plt_entry_size; } |
| 575 | |
| 576 | // Return the PLT address to use for a global symbol. |
| 577 | uint64_t |
| 578 | do_address_for_global(const Symbol*); |
| 579 | |
| 580 | // Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol. |
| 581 | uint64_t |
| 582 | do_address_for_local(const Relobj*, unsigned int symndx); |
| 583 | |
| 584 | virtual void |
| 585 | do_add_eh_frame(Layout* layout) |
| 586 | { |
| 587 | layout->add_eh_frame_for_plt(this, |
| 588 | this->plt_eh_frame_cie, |
| 589 | this->plt_eh_frame_cie_size, |
| 590 | plt_eh_frame_fde, |
| 591 | plt_eh_frame_fde_size); |
| 592 | } |
| 593 | |
| 594 | virtual void |
| 595 | do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 596 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_addr, |
| 597 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_addr); |
| 598 | |
| 599 | virtual unsigned int |
| 600 | do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 601 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 602 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 603 | unsigned int got_offset, |
| 604 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 605 | unsigned int plt_index); |
| 606 | |
| 607 | virtual void |
| 608 | do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 609 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 610 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 611 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base, |
| 612 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset, |
| 613 | unsigned int plt_offset); |
| 614 | |
| 615 | void |
| 616 | fill_aplt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 617 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 618 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 619 | unsigned int got_offset, |
| 620 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 621 | unsigned int plt_index); |
| 622 | |
| 623 | private: |
| 624 | // Set the final size. |
| 625 | void |
| 626 | set_final_data_size(); |
| 627 | |
| 628 | // Write out the BND PLT data. |
| 629 | void |
| 630 | do_write(Output_file*); |
| 631 | |
| 632 | // Offset of the Additional PLT (if using -z bndplt). |
| 633 | unsigned int aplt_offset_; |
| 634 | |
| 635 | // The size of an entry in the PLT. |
| 636 | static const int plt_entry_size = 16; |
| 637 | |
| 638 | // The size of an entry in the additional PLT. |
| 639 | static const int aplt_entry_size = 16; |
| 640 | |
| 641 | // The first entry in the PLT. |
| 642 | // From the AMD64 ABI: "Unlike Intel386 ABI, this ABI uses the same |
| 643 | // procedure linkage table for both programs and shared objects." |
| 644 | static const unsigned char first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size]; |
| 645 | |
| 646 | // Other entries in the PLT for an executable. |
| 647 | static const unsigned char plt_entry[plt_entry_size]; |
| 648 | |
| 649 | // Entries in the additional PLT. |
| 650 | static const unsigned char aplt_entry[aplt_entry_size]; |
| 651 | |
| 652 | // The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable. |
| 653 | static const unsigned char tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size]; |
| 654 | |
| 655 | // The .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT. |
| 656 | static const int plt_eh_frame_fde_size = 32; |
| 657 | static const unsigned char plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size]; |
| 658 | }; |
| 659 | |
| 660 | template<int size> |
| 661 | class Lazy_view |
| 662 | { |
| 663 | public: |
| 664 | Lazy_view(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, unsigned int data_shndx) |
| 665 | : object_(object), data_shndx_(data_shndx), view_(NULL), view_size_(0) |
| 666 | { } |
| 667 | |
| 668 | inline unsigned char |
| 669 | operator[](size_t offset) |
| 670 | { |
| 671 | if (this->view_ == NULL) |
| 672 | this->view_ = this->object_->section_contents(this->data_shndx_, |
| 673 | &this->view_size_, |
| 674 | true); |
| 675 | if (offset >= this->view_size_) |
| 676 | return 0; |
| 677 | return this->view_[offset]; |
| 678 | } |
| 679 | |
| 680 | private: |
| 681 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object_; |
| 682 | unsigned int data_shndx_; |
| 683 | const unsigned char* view_; |
| 684 | section_size_type view_size_; |
| 685 | }; |
| 686 | |
| 687 | // The x86_64 target class. |
| 688 | // See the ABI at |
| 689 | // http://www.x86-64.org/documentation/abi.pdf |
| 690 | // TLS info comes from |
| 691 | // http://people.redhat.com/drepper/tls.pdf |
| 692 | // http://www.lsd.ic.unicamp.br/~oliva/writeups/TLS/RFC-TLSDESC-x86.txt |
| 693 | |
| 694 | template<int size> |
| 695 | class Target_x86_64 : public Sized_target<size, false> |
| 696 | { |
| 697 | public: |
| 698 | // In the x86_64 ABI (p 68), it says "The AMD64 ABI architectures |
| 699 | // uses only Elf64_Rela relocation entries with explicit addends." |
| 700 | typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, true, size, false> Reloc_section; |
| 701 | |
| 702 | Target_x86_64(const Target::Target_info* info = &x86_64_info) |
| 703 | : Sized_target<size, false>(info), |
| 704 | got_(NULL), plt_(NULL), got_plt_(NULL), got_irelative_(NULL), |
| 705 | got_tlsdesc_(NULL), global_offset_table_(NULL), rela_dyn_(NULL), |
| 706 | rela_irelative_(NULL), copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_X86_64_COPY), |
| 707 | got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tlsdesc_reloc_info_(), |
| 708 | tls_base_symbol_defined_(false), isa_1_used_(0), isa_1_needed_(0), |
| 709 | feature_1_(0), object_isa_1_used_(0), object_feature_1_(0), |
| 710 | seen_first_object_(false) |
| 711 | { } |
| 712 | |
| 713 | // Hook for a new output section. |
| 714 | void |
| 715 | do_new_output_section(Output_section*) const; |
| 716 | |
| 717 | // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments. |
| 718 | void |
| 719 | gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 720 | Layout* layout, |
| 721 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 722 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 723 | unsigned int sh_type, |
| 724 | const unsigned char* prelocs, |
| 725 | size_t reloc_count, |
| 726 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 727 | bool needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 728 | size_t local_symbol_count, |
| 729 | const unsigned char* plocal_symbols); |
| 730 | |
| 731 | // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments. |
| 732 | void |
| 733 | scan_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 734 | Layout* layout, |
| 735 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 736 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 737 | unsigned int sh_type, |
| 738 | const unsigned char* prelocs, |
| 739 | size_t reloc_count, |
| 740 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 741 | bool needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 742 | size_t local_symbol_count, |
| 743 | const unsigned char* plocal_symbols); |
| 744 | |
| 745 | // Finalize the sections. |
| 746 | void |
| 747 | do_finalize_sections(Layout*, const Input_objects*, Symbol_table*); |
| 748 | |
| 749 | // Return the value to use for a dynamic which requires special |
| 750 | // treatment. |
| 751 | uint64_t |
| 752 | do_dynsym_value(const Symbol*) const; |
| 753 | |
| 754 | // Relocate a section. |
| 755 | void |
| 756 | relocate_section(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, |
| 757 | unsigned int sh_type, |
| 758 | const unsigned char* prelocs, |
| 759 | size_t reloc_count, |
| 760 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 761 | bool needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 762 | unsigned char* view, |
| 763 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr view_address, |
| 764 | section_size_type view_size, |
| 765 | const Reloc_symbol_changes*); |
| 766 | |
| 767 | // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link. |
| 768 | void |
| 769 | scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 770 | Layout* layout, |
| 771 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 772 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 773 | unsigned int sh_type, |
| 774 | const unsigned char* prelocs, |
| 775 | size_t reloc_count, |
| 776 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 777 | bool needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 778 | size_t local_symbol_count, |
| 779 | const unsigned char* plocal_symbols, |
| 780 | Relocatable_relocs*); |
| 781 | |
| 782 | // Scan the relocs for --emit-relocs. |
| 783 | void |
| 784 | emit_relocs_scan(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 785 | Layout* layout, |
| 786 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 787 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 788 | unsigned int sh_type, |
| 789 | const unsigned char* prelocs, |
| 790 | size_t reloc_count, |
| 791 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 792 | bool needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 793 | size_t local_symbol_count, |
| 794 | const unsigned char* plocal_syms, |
| 795 | Relocatable_relocs* rr); |
| 796 | |
| 797 | // Emit relocations for a section. |
| 798 | void |
| 799 | relocate_relocs( |
| 800 | const Relocate_info<size, false>*, |
| 801 | unsigned int sh_type, |
| 802 | const unsigned char* prelocs, |
| 803 | size_t reloc_count, |
| 804 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 805 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Off offset_in_output_section, |
| 806 | unsigned char* view, |
| 807 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr view_address, |
| 808 | section_size_type view_size, |
| 809 | unsigned char* reloc_view, |
| 810 | section_size_type reloc_view_size); |
| 811 | |
| 812 | // Return a string used to fill a code section with nops. |
| 813 | std::string |
| 814 | do_code_fill(section_size_type length) const; |
| 815 | |
| 816 | // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI. |
| 817 | bool |
| 818 | do_is_defined_by_abi(const Symbol* sym) const |
| 819 | { return strcmp(sym->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; } |
| 820 | |
| 821 | // Return the symbol index to use for a target specific relocation. |
| 822 | // The only target specific relocation is R_X86_64_TLSDESC for a |
| 823 | // local symbol, which is an absolute reloc. |
| 824 | unsigned int |
| 825 | do_reloc_symbol_index(void*, unsigned int r_type) const |
| 826 | { |
| 827 | gold_assert(r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC); |
| 828 | return 0; |
| 829 | } |
| 830 | |
| 831 | // Return the addend to use for a target specific relocation. |
| 832 | uint64_t |
| 833 | do_reloc_addend(void* arg, unsigned int r_type, uint64_t addend) const; |
| 834 | |
| 835 | // Return the PLT section. |
| 836 | uint64_t |
| 837 | do_plt_address_for_global(const Symbol* gsym) const |
| 838 | { return this->plt_section()->address_for_global(gsym); } |
| 839 | |
| 840 | uint64_t |
| 841 | do_plt_address_for_local(const Relobj* relobj, unsigned int symndx) const |
| 842 | { return this->plt_section()->address_for_local(relobj, symndx); } |
| 843 | |
| 844 | // This function should be defined in targets that can use relocation |
| 845 | // types to determine (implemented in local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer |
| 846 | // and global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer) |
| 847 | // if a function's pointer is taken. ICF uses this in safe mode to only |
| 848 | // fold those functions whose pointer is defintely not taken. For x86_64 |
| 849 | // pie binaries, safe ICF cannot be done by looking at only relocation |
| 850 | // types, and for certain cases (e.g. R_X86_64_PC32), the instruction |
| 851 | // opcode is checked as well to distinguish a function call from taking |
| 852 | // a function's pointer. |
| 853 | bool |
| 854 | do_can_check_for_function_pointers() const |
| 855 | { return true; } |
| 856 | |
| 857 | // Return the base for a DW_EH_PE_datarel encoding. |
| 858 | uint64_t |
| 859 | do_ehframe_datarel_base() const; |
| 860 | |
| 861 | // Adjust -fsplit-stack code which calls non-split-stack code. |
| 862 | void |
| 863 | do_calls_non_split(Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx, |
| 864 | section_offset_type fnoffset, section_size_type fnsize, |
| 865 | const unsigned char* prelocs, size_t reloc_count, |
| 866 | unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size, |
| 867 | std::string* from, std::string* to) const; |
| 868 | |
| 869 | // Return the size of the GOT section. |
| 870 | section_size_type |
| 871 | got_size() const |
| 872 | { |
| 873 | gold_assert(this->got_ != NULL); |
| 874 | return this->got_->data_size(); |
| 875 | } |
| 876 | |
| 877 | // Return the number of entries in the GOT. |
| 878 | unsigned int |
| 879 | got_entry_count() const |
| 880 | { |
| 881 | if (this->got_ == NULL) |
| 882 | return 0; |
| 883 | return this->got_size() / 8; |
| 884 | } |
| 885 | |
| 886 | // Return the number of entries in the PLT. |
| 887 | unsigned int |
| 888 | plt_entry_count() const; |
| 889 | |
| 890 | // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry. |
| 891 | unsigned int |
| 892 | first_plt_entry_offset() const; |
| 893 | |
| 894 | // Return the size of each PLT entry. |
| 895 | unsigned int |
| 896 | plt_entry_size() const; |
| 897 | |
| 898 | // Return the size of each GOT entry. |
| 899 | unsigned int |
| 900 | got_entry_size() const |
| 901 | { return 8; }; |
| 902 | |
| 903 | // Create the GOT section for an incremental update. |
| 904 | Output_data_got_base* |
| 905 | init_got_plt_for_update(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 906 | Layout* layout, |
| 907 | unsigned int got_count, |
| 908 | unsigned int plt_count); |
| 909 | |
| 910 | // Reserve a GOT entry for a local symbol, and regenerate any |
| 911 | // necessary dynamic relocations. |
| 912 | void |
| 913 | reserve_local_got_entry(unsigned int got_index, |
| 914 | Sized_relobj<size, false>* obj, |
| 915 | unsigned int r_sym, |
| 916 | unsigned int got_type); |
| 917 | |
| 918 | // Reserve a GOT entry for a global symbol, and regenerate any |
| 919 | // necessary dynamic relocations. |
| 920 | void |
| 921 | reserve_global_got_entry(unsigned int got_index, Symbol* gsym, |
| 922 | unsigned int got_type); |
| 923 | |
| 924 | // Register an existing PLT entry for a global symbol. |
| 925 | void |
| 926 | register_global_plt_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*, unsigned int plt_index, |
| 927 | Symbol* gsym); |
| 928 | |
| 929 | // Force a COPY relocation for a given symbol. |
| 930 | void |
| 931 | emit_copy_reloc(Symbol_table*, Symbol*, Output_section*, off_t); |
| 932 | |
| 933 | // Apply an incremental relocation. |
| 934 | void |
| 935 | apply_relocation(const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo, |
| 936 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr r_offset, |
| 937 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 938 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Swxword r_addend, |
| 939 | const Symbol* gsym, |
| 940 | unsigned char* view, |
| 941 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address, |
| 942 | section_size_type view_size); |
| 943 | |
| 944 | // Add a new reloc argument, returning the index in the vector. |
| 945 | size_t |
| 946 | add_tlsdesc_info(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, unsigned int r_sym) |
| 947 | { |
| 948 | this->tlsdesc_reloc_info_.push_back(Tlsdesc_info(object, r_sym)); |
| 949 | return this->tlsdesc_reloc_info_.size() - 1; |
| 950 | } |
| 951 | |
| 952 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>* |
| 953 | make_data_plt(Layout* layout, |
| 954 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 955 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 956 | Output_data_space* got_irelative) |
| 957 | { |
| 958 | return this->do_make_data_plt(layout, got, got_plt, got_irelative); |
| 959 | } |
| 960 | |
| 961 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>* |
| 962 | make_data_plt(Layout* layout, |
| 963 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 964 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 965 | Output_data_space* got_irelative, |
| 966 | unsigned int plt_count) |
| 967 | { |
| 968 | return this->do_make_data_plt(layout, got, got_plt, got_irelative, |
| 969 | plt_count); |
| 970 | } |
| 971 | |
| 972 | virtual Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>* |
| 973 | do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout, |
| 974 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 975 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 976 | Output_data_space* got_irelative); |
| 977 | |
| 978 | virtual Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>* |
| 979 | do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout, |
| 980 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 981 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 982 | Output_data_space* got_irelative, |
| 983 | unsigned int plt_count); |
| 984 | |
| 985 | private: |
| 986 | // The class which scans relocations. |
| 987 | class Scan |
| 988 | { |
| 989 | public: |
| 990 | Scan() |
| 991 | : issued_non_pic_error_(false) |
| 992 | { } |
| 993 | |
| 994 | static inline int |
| 995 | get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type); |
| 996 | |
| 997 | inline void |
| 998 | local(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_x86_64* target, |
| 999 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 1000 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 1001 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 1002 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc, unsigned int r_type, |
| 1003 | const elfcpp::Sym<size, false>& lsym, |
| 1004 | bool is_discarded); |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 | inline void |
| 1007 | global(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_x86_64* target, |
| 1008 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 1009 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 1010 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 1011 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc, unsigned int r_type, |
| 1012 | Symbol* gsym); |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 | inline bool |
| 1015 | local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, |
| 1016 | Target_x86_64* target, |
| 1017 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 1018 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 1019 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 1020 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc, |
| 1021 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 1022 | const elfcpp::Sym<size, false>& lsym); |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | inline bool |
| 1025 | global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, |
| 1026 | Target_x86_64* target, |
| 1027 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 1028 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 1029 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 1030 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc, |
| 1031 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 1032 | Symbol* gsym); |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | private: |
| 1035 | static void |
| 1036 | unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>*, |
| 1037 | unsigned int r_type); |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | static void |
| 1040 | unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>*, |
| 1041 | unsigned int r_type, Symbol*); |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | void |
| 1044 | check_non_pic(Relobj*, unsigned int r_type, Symbol*); |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 | inline bool |
| 1047 | possible_function_pointer_reloc(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* src_obj, |
| 1048 | unsigned int src_indx, |
| 1049 | unsigned int r_offset, |
| 1050 | unsigned int r_type); |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | bool |
| 1053 | reloc_needs_plt_for_ifunc(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>*, |
| 1054 | unsigned int r_type); |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation. |
| 1057 | bool issued_non_pic_error_; |
| 1058 | }; |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | // The class which implements relocation. |
| 1061 | class Relocate |
| 1062 | { |
| 1063 | public: |
| 1064 | Relocate() |
| 1065 | : skip_call_tls_get_addr_(false) |
| 1066 | { } |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | ~Relocate() |
| 1069 | { |
| 1070 | if (this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_) |
| 1071 | { |
| 1072 | // FIXME: This needs to specify the location somehow. |
| 1073 | gold_error(_("missing expected TLS relocation")); |
| 1074 | } |
| 1075 | } |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue |
| 1078 | // any warnings about this relocation. |
| 1079 | inline bool |
| 1080 | relocate(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, unsigned int, |
| 1081 | Target_x86_64*, Output_section*, size_t, const unsigned char*, |
| 1082 | const Sized_symbol<size>*, const Symbol_value<size>*, |
| 1083 | unsigned char*, typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr, |
| 1084 | section_size_type); |
| 1085 | |
| 1086 | private: |
| 1087 | // Do a TLS relocation. |
| 1088 | inline void |
| 1089 | relocate_tls(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, Target_x86_64*, |
| 1090 | size_t relnum, const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, |
| 1091 | unsigned int r_type, const Sized_symbol<size>*, |
| 1092 | const Symbol_value<size>*, |
| 1093 | unsigned char*, typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr, |
| 1094 | section_size_type); |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | // Do a TLS General-Dynamic to Initial-Exec transition. |
| 1097 | inline void |
| 1098 | tls_gd_to_ie(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, size_t relnum, |
| 1099 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, unsigned int r_type, |
| 1100 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value, |
| 1101 | unsigned char* view, |
| 1102 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr, |
| 1103 | section_size_type view_size); |
| 1104 | |
| 1105 | // Do a TLS General-Dynamic to Local-Exec transition. |
| 1106 | inline void |
| 1107 | tls_gd_to_le(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, size_t relnum, |
| 1108 | Output_segment* tls_segment, |
| 1109 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, unsigned int r_type, |
| 1110 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value, |
| 1111 | unsigned char* view, |
| 1112 | section_size_type view_size); |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | // Do a TLSDESC-style General-Dynamic to Initial-Exec transition. |
| 1115 | inline void |
| 1116 | tls_desc_gd_to_ie(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, size_t relnum, |
| 1117 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, unsigned int r_type, |
| 1118 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value, |
| 1119 | unsigned char* view, |
| 1120 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr, |
| 1121 | section_size_type view_size); |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | // Do a TLSDESC-style General-Dynamic to Local-Exec transition. |
| 1124 | inline void |
| 1125 | tls_desc_gd_to_le(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, size_t relnum, |
| 1126 | Output_segment* tls_segment, |
| 1127 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, unsigned int r_type, |
| 1128 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value, |
| 1129 | unsigned char* view, |
| 1130 | section_size_type view_size); |
| 1131 | |
| 1132 | // Do a TLS Local-Dynamic to Local-Exec transition. |
| 1133 | inline void |
| 1134 | tls_ld_to_le(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, size_t relnum, |
| 1135 | Output_segment* tls_segment, |
| 1136 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, unsigned int r_type, |
| 1137 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value, |
| 1138 | unsigned char* view, |
| 1139 | section_size_type view_size); |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | // Do a TLS Initial-Exec to Local-Exec transition. |
| 1142 | static inline void |
| 1143 | tls_ie_to_le(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, size_t relnum, |
| 1144 | Output_segment* tls_segment, |
| 1145 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, unsigned int r_type, |
| 1146 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value, |
| 1147 | unsigned char* view, |
| 1148 | section_size_type view_size); |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 | // This is set if we should skip the next reloc, which should be a |
| 1151 | // PLT32 reloc against ___tls_get_addr. |
| 1152 | bool skip_call_tls_get_addr_; |
| 1153 | }; |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | // Check if relocation against this symbol is a candidate for |
| 1156 | // conversion from |
| 1157 | // mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg |
| 1158 | // to lea foo(%rip), %reg. |
| 1159 | template<class View_type> |
| 1160 | static inline bool |
| 1161 | can_convert_mov_to_lea(const Symbol* gsym, unsigned int r_type, |
| 1162 | size_t r_offset, View_type* view) |
| 1163 | { |
| 1164 | gold_assert(gsym != NULL); |
| 1165 | // We cannot do the conversion unless it's one of these relocations. |
| 1166 | if (r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL |
| 1167 | && r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX |
| 1168 | && r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX) |
| 1169 | return false; |
| 1170 | // We cannot convert references to IFUNC symbols, or to symbols that |
| 1171 | // are not local to the current module. |
| 1172 | // We can't do predefined symbols because they may become undefined |
| 1173 | // (e.g., __ehdr_start when the headers aren't mapped to a segment). |
| 1174 | if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 1175 | || gsym->is_undefined() |
| 1176 | || gsym->is_predefined() |
| 1177 | || gsym->is_from_dynobj() |
| 1178 | || gsym->is_preemptible()) |
| 1179 | return false; |
| 1180 | // If we are building a shared object and the symbol is protected, we may |
| 1181 | // need to go through the GOT. |
| 1182 | if (parameters->options().shared() |
| 1183 | && gsym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_PROTECTED) |
| 1184 | return false; |
| 1185 | // We cannot convert references to the _DYNAMIC symbol. |
| 1186 | if (strcmp(gsym->name(), "_DYNAMIC") == 0) |
| 1187 | return false; |
| 1188 | // Check for a MOV opcode. |
| 1189 | return (*view)[r_offset - 2] == 0x8b; |
| 1190 | } |
| 1191 | |
| 1192 | // Convert |
| 1193 | // callq *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to |
| 1194 | // addr32 callq foo |
| 1195 | // and jmpq *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to |
| 1196 | // jmpq foo |
| 1197 | // nop |
| 1198 | template<class View_type> |
| 1199 | static inline bool |
| 1200 | can_convert_callq_to_direct(const Symbol* gsym, unsigned int r_type, |
| 1201 | size_t r_offset, View_type* view) |
| 1202 | { |
| 1203 | gold_assert(gsym != NULL); |
| 1204 | // We cannot do the conversion unless it's a GOTPCRELX relocation. |
| 1205 | if (r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX) |
| 1206 | return false; |
| 1207 | // We cannot convert references to IFUNC symbols, or to symbols that |
| 1208 | // are not local to the current module. |
| 1209 | if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 1210 | || gsym->is_undefined () |
| 1211 | || gsym->is_from_dynobj() |
| 1212 | || gsym->is_preemptible()) |
| 1213 | return false; |
| 1214 | // Check for a CALLQ or JMPQ opcode. |
| 1215 | return ((*view)[r_offset - 2] == 0xff |
| 1216 | && ((*view)[r_offset - 1] == 0x15 |
| 1217 | || (*view)[r_offset - 1] == 0x25)); |
| 1218 | } |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this |
| 1221 | // is a local symbol. |
| 1222 | static tls::Tls_optimization |
| 1223 | optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final, int r_type); |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 | // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary. |
| 1226 | Output_data_got<64, false>* |
| 1227 | got_section(Symbol_table*, Layout*); |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | // Get the GOT PLT section. |
| 1230 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* |
| 1231 | got_plt_section() const |
| 1232 | { |
| 1233 | gold_assert(this->got_plt_ != NULL); |
| 1234 | return this->got_plt_; |
| 1235 | } |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | // Get the GOT section for TLSDESC entries. |
| 1238 | Output_data_got<64, false>* |
| 1239 | got_tlsdesc_section() const |
| 1240 | { |
| 1241 | gold_assert(this->got_tlsdesc_ != NULL); |
| 1242 | return this->got_tlsdesc_; |
| 1243 | } |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 | // Create the PLT section. |
| 1246 | void |
| 1247 | make_plt_section(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout); |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol. |
| 1250 | void |
| 1251 | make_plt_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Symbol*); |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | // Create a PLT entry for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. |
| 1254 | void |
| 1255 | make_local_ifunc_plt_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*, |
| 1256 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* relobj, |
| 1257 | unsigned int local_sym_index); |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment. |
| 1260 | void |
| 1261 | define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table*, Layout*); |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 | // Create the reserved PLT and GOT entries for the TLS descriptor resolver. |
| 1264 | void |
| 1265 | reserve_tlsdesc_entries(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout); |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index. |
| 1268 | unsigned int |
| 1269 | got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, |
| 1270 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object); |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 | // Get the PLT section. |
| 1273 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>* |
| 1274 | plt_section() const |
| 1275 | { |
| 1276 | gold_assert(this->plt_ != NULL); |
| 1277 | return this->plt_; |
| 1278 | } |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary. |
| 1281 | Reloc_section* |
| 1282 | rela_dyn_section(Layout*); |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | // Get the section to use for TLSDESC relocations. |
| 1285 | Reloc_section* |
| 1286 | rela_tlsdesc_section(Layout*) const; |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | // Get the section to use for IRELATIVE relocations. |
| 1289 | Reloc_section* |
| 1290 | rela_irelative_section(Layout*); |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | // Add a potential copy relocation. |
| 1293 | void |
| 1294 | copy_reloc(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, |
| 1295 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 1296 | unsigned int shndx, Output_section* output_section, |
| 1297 | Symbol* sym, const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc) |
| 1298 | { |
| 1299 | unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<size>(reloc.get_r_info()); |
| 1300 | this->copy_relocs_.copy_reloc(symtab, layout, |
| 1301 | symtab->get_sized_symbol<size>(sym), |
| 1302 | object, shndx, output_section, |
| 1303 | r_type, reloc.get_r_offset(), |
| 1304 | reloc.get_r_addend(), |
| 1305 | this->rela_dyn_section(layout)); |
| 1306 | } |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | // Record a target-specific program property in the .note.gnu.property |
| 1309 | // section. |
| 1310 | void |
| 1311 | record_gnu_property(unsigned int, unsigned int, size_t, |
| 1312 | const unsigned char*, const Object*); |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | // Merge the target-specific program properties from the current object. |
| 1315 | void |
| 1316 | merge_gnu_properties(const Object*); |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | // Finalize the target-specific program properties and add them back to |
| 1319 | // the layout. |
| 1320 | void |
| 1321 | do_finalize_gnu_properties(Layout*) const; |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | // Information about this specific target which we pass to the |
| 1324 | // general Target structure. |
| 1325 | static const Target::Target_info x86_64_info; |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 | // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform. |
| 1328 | // These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link. |
| 1329 | // Do not renumber existing values without changing the version |
| 1330 | // number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section. |
| 1331 | enum Got_type |
| 1332 | { |
| 1333 | GOT_TYPE_STANDARD = 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol |
| 1334 | GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET = 1, // GOT entry for TLS offset |
| 1335 | GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR = 2, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair |
| 1336 | GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC = 3 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair |
| 1337 | }; |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 | // This type is used as the argument to the target specific |
| 1340 | // relocation routines. The only target specific reloc is |
| 1341 | // R_X86_64_TLSDESC against a local symbol. |
| 1342 | struct Tlsdesc_info |
| 1343 | { |
| 1344 | Tlsdesc_info(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* a_object, unsigned int a_r_sym) |
| 1345 | : object(a_object), r_sym(a_r_sym) |
| 1346 | { } |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | // The object in which the local symbol is defined. |
| 1349 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object; |
| 1350 | // The local symbol index in the object. |
| 1351 | unsigned int r_sym; |
| 1352 | }; |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 | // The GOT section. |
| 1355 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got_; |
| 1356 | // The PLT section. |
| 1357 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>* plt_; |
| 1358 | // The GOT PLT section. |
| 1359 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt_; |
| 1360 | // The GOT section for IRELATIVE relocations. |
| 1361 | Output_data_space* got_irelative_; |
| 1362 | // The GOT section for TLSDESC relocations. |
| 1363 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got_tlsdesc_; |
| 1364 | // The _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. |
| 1365 | Symbol* global_offset_table_; |
| 1366 | // The dynamic reloc section. |
| 1367 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn_; |
| 1368 | // The section to use for IRELATIVE relocs. |
| 1369 | Reloc_section* rela_irelative_; |
| 1370 | // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc. |
| 1371 | Copy_relocs<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false> copy_relocs_; |
| 1372 | // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index. |
| 1373 | unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_; |
| 1374 | // We handle R_X86_64_TLSDESC against a local symbol as a target |
| 1375 | // specific relocation. Here we store the object and local symbol |
| 1376 | // index for the relocation. |
| 1377 | std::vector<Tlsdesc_info> tlsdesc_reloc_info_; |
| 1378 | // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined. |
| 1379 | bool tls_base_symbol_defined_; |
| 1380 | // Target-specific program properties, from .note.gnu.property section. |
| 1381 | // Each bit represents a specific feature. |
| 1382 | uint32_t isa_1_used_; |
| 1383 | uint32_t isa_1_needed_; |
| 1384 | uint32_t feature_1_; |
| 1385 | // Target-specific properties from the current object. |
| 1386 | // These bits get ORed into ISA_1_USED_ after all properties for the object |
| 1387 | // have been processed. But if either is all zeroes (as when the property |
| 1388 | // is absent from an object), the result should be all zeroes. |
| 1389 | // (See PR ld/23486.) |
| 1390 | uint32_t object_isa_1_used_; |
| 1391 | // These bits get ANDed into FEATURE_1_ after all properties for the object |
| 1392 | // have been processed. |
| 1393 | uint32_t object_feature_1_; |
| 1394 | // Whether we have seen our first object, for use in initializing FEATURE_1_. |
| 1395 | bool seen_first_object_; |
| 1396 | }; |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | template<> |
| 1399 | const Target::Target_info Target_x86_64<64>::x86_64_info = |
| 1400 | { |
| 1401 | 64, // size |
| 1402 | false, // is_big_endian |
| 1403 | elfcpp::EM_X86_64, // machine_code |
| 1404 | false, // has_make_symbol |
| 1405 | false, // has_resolve |
| 1406 | true, // has_code_fill |
| 1407 | true, // is_default_stack_executable |
| 1408 | true, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections |
| 1409 | '\0', // wrap_char |
| 1410 | "/lib/ld64.so.1", // program interpreter |
| 1411 | 0x400000, // default_text_segment_address |
| 1412 | 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size) |
| 1413 | 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size) |
| 1414 | false, // isolate_execinstr |
| 1415 | 0, // rosegment_gap |
| 1416 | elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // small_common_shndx |
| 1417 | elfcpp::SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON, // large_common_shndx |
| 1418 | 0, // small_common_section_flags |
| 1419 | elfcpp::SHF_X86_64_LARGE, // large_common_section_flags |
| 1420 | NULL, // attributes_section |
| 1421 | NULL, // attributes_vendor |
| 1422 | "_start", // entry_symbol_name |
| 1423 | 32, // hash_entry_size |
| 1424 | elfcpp::SHT_X86_64_UNWIND, // unwind_section_type |
| 1425 | }; |
| 1426 | |
| 1427 | template<> |
| 1428 | const Target::Target_info Target_x86_64<32>::x86_64_info = |
| 1429 | { |
| 1430 | 32, // size |
| 1431 | false, // is_big_endian |
| 1432 | elfcpp::EM_X86_64, // machine_code |
| 1433 | false, // has_make_symbol |
| 1434 | false, // has_resolve |
| 1435 | true, // has_code_fill |
| 1436 | true, // is_default_stack_executable |
| 1437 | true, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections |
| 1438 | '\0', // wrap_char |
| 1439 | "/libx32/ldx32.so.1", // program interpreter |
| 1440 | 0x400000, // default_text_segment_address |
| 1441 | 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size) |
| 1442 | 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size) |
| 1443 | false, // isolate_execinstr |
| 1444 | 0, // rosegment_gap |
| 1445 | elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // small_common_shndx |
| 1446 | elfcpp::SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON, // large_common_shndx |
| 1447 | 0, // small_common_section_flags |
| 1448 | elfcpp::SHF_X86_64_LARGE, // large_common_section_flags |
| 1449 | NULL, // attributes_section |
| 1450 | NULL, // attributes_vendor |
| 1451 | "_start", // entry_symbol_name |
| 1452 | 32, // hash_entry_size |
| 1453 | elfcpp::SHT_X86_64_UNWIND, // unwind_section_type |
| 1454 | }; |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | // This is called when a new output section is created. This is where |
| 1457 | // we handle the SHF_X86_64_LARGE. |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | template<int size> |
| 1460 | void |
| 1461 | Target_x86_64<size>::do_new_output_section(Output_section* os) const |
| 1462 | { |
| 1463 | if ((os->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_X86_64_LARGE) != 0) |
| 1464 | os->set_is_large_section(); |
| 1465 | } |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary. |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | template<int size> |
| 1470 | Output_data_got<64, false>* |
| 1471 | Target_x86_64<size>::got_section(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout) |
| 1472 | { |
| 1473 | if (this->got_ == NULL) |
| 1474 | { |
| 1475 | gold_assert(symtab != NULL && layout != NULL); |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | // When using -z now, we can treat .got.plt as a relro section. |
| 1478 | // Without -z now, it is modified after program startup by lazy |
| 1479 | // PLT relocations. |
| 1480 | bool is_got_plt_relro = parameters->options().now(); |
| 1481 | Output_section_order got_order = (is_got_plt_relro |
| 1482 | ? ORDER_RELRO |
| 1483 | : ORDER_RELRO_LAST); |
| 1484 | Output_section_order got_plt_order = (is_got_plt_relro |
| 1485 | ? ORDER_RELRO |
| 1486 | : ORDER_NON_RELRO_FIRST); |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 | this->got_ = new Output_data_got<64, false>(); |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 | layout->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, |
| 1491 | (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC |
| 1492 | | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE), |
| 1493 | this->got_, got_order, true); |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 | this->got_plt_ = new Output_data_got_plt_x86_64(layout); |
| 1496 | layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, |
| 1497 | (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC |
| 1498 | | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE), |
| 1499 | this->got_plt_, got_plt_order, |
| 1500 | is_got_plt_relro); |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | // The first three entries are reserved. |
| 1503 | this->got_plt_->set_current_data_size(3 * 8); |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 | if (!is_got_plt_relro) |
| 1506 | { |
| 1507 | // Those bytes can go into the relro segment. |
| 1508 | layout->increase_relro(3 * 8); |
| 1509 | } |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT. |
| 1512 | this->global_offset_table_ = |
| 1513 | symtab->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL, |
| 1514 | Symbol_table::PREDEFINED, |
| 1515 | this->got_plt_, |
| 1516 | 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT, |
| 1517 | elfcpp::STB_LOCAL, |
| 1518 | elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0, |
| 1519 | false, false); |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | // If there are any IRELATIVE relocations, they get GOT entries |
| 1522 | // in .got.plt after the jump slot entries. |
| 1523 | this->got_irelative_ = new Output_data_space(8, "** GOT IRELATIVE PLT"); |
| 1524 | layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, |
| 1525 | (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC |
| 1526 | | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE), |
| 1527 | this->got_irelative_, |
| 1528 | got_plt_order, is_got_plt_relro); |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | // If there are any TLSDESC relocations, they get GOT entries in |
| 1531 | // .got.plt after the jump slot and IRELATIVE entries. |
| 1532 | this->got_tlsdesc_ = new Output_data_got<64, false>(); |
| 1533 | layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, |
| 1534 | (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC |
| 1535 | | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE), |
| 1536 | this->got_tlsdesc_, |
| 1537 | got_plt_order, is_got_plt_relro); |
| 1538 | } |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | return this->got_; |
| 1541 | } |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary. |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 | template<int size> |
| 1546 | typename Target_x86_64<size>::Reloc_section* |
| 1547 | Target_x86_64<size>::rela_dyn_section(Layout* layout) |
| 1548 | { |
| 1549 | if (this->rela_dyn_ == NULL) |
| 1550 | { |
| 1551 | gold_assert(layout != NULL); |
| 1552 | this->rela_dyn_ = new Reloc_section(parameters->options().combreloc()); |
| 1553 | layout->add_output_section_data(".rela.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_RELA, |
| 1554 | elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rela_dyn_, |
| 1555 | ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS, false); |
| 1556 | } |
| 1557 | return this->rela_dyn_; |
| 1558 | } |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 | // Get the section to use for IRELATIVE relocs, creating it if |
| 1561 | // necessary. These go in .rela.dyn, but only after all other dynamic |
| 1562 | // relocations. They need to follow the other dynamic relocations so |
| 1563 | // that they can refer to global variables initialized by those |
| 1564 | // relocs. |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 | template<int size> |
| 1567 | typename Target_x86_64<size>::Reloc_section* |
| 1568 | Target_x86_64<size>::rela_irelative_section(Layout* layout) |
| 1569 | { |
| 1570 | if (this->rela_irelative_ == NULL) |
| 1571 | { |
| 1572 | // Make sure we have already created the dynamic reloc section. |
| 1573 | this->rela_dyn_section(layout); |
| 1574 | this->rela_irelative_ = new Reloc_section(false); |
| 1575 | layout->add_output_section_data(".rela.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_RELA, |
| 1576 | elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rela_irelative_, |
| 1577 | ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS, false); |
| 1578 | gold_assert(this->rela_dyn_->output_section() |
| 1579 | == this->rela_irelative_->output_section()); |
| 1580 | } |
| 1581 | return this->rela_irelative_; |
| 1582 | } |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 | // Record a target-specific program property from the .note.gnu.property |
| 1585 | // section. |
| 1586 | template<int size> |
| 1587 | void |
| 1588 | Target_x86_64<size>::record_gnu_property( |
| 1589 | unsigned int, unsigned int pr_type, |
| 1590 | size_t pr_datasz, const unsigned char* pr_data, |
| 1591 | const Object* object) |
| 1592 | { |
| 1593 | uint32_t val = 0; |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 | switch (pr_type) |
| 1596 | { |
| 1597 | case elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED: |
| 1598 | case elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_NEEDED: |
| 1599 | case elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND: |
| 1600 | if (pr_datasz != 4) |
| 1601 | { |
| 1602 | gold_warning(_("%s: corrupt .note.gnu.property section " |
| 1603 | "(pr_datasz for property %d is not 4)"), |
| 1604 | object->name().c_str(), pr_type); |
| 1605 | return; |
| 1606 | } |
| 1607 | val = elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::readval(pr_data); |
| 1608 | break; |
| 1609 | default: |
| 1610 | gold_warning(_("%s: unknown program property type 0x%x " |
| 1611 | "in .note.gnu.property section"), |
| 1612 | object->name().c_str(), pr_type); |
| 1613 | break; |
| 1614 | } |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 | switch (pr_type) |
| 1617 | { |
| 1618 | case elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED: |
| 1619 | this->object_isa_1_used_ |= val; |
| 1620 | break; |
| 1621 | case elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_NEEDED: |
| 1622 | this->isa_1_needed_ |= val; |
| 1623 | break; |
| 1624 | case elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND: |
| 1625 | // If we see multiple feature props in one object, OR them together. |
| 1626 | this->object_feature_1_ |= val; |
| 1627 | break; |
| 1628 | } |
| 1629 | } |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 | // Merge the target-specific program properties from the current object. |
| 1632 | template<int size> |
| 1633 | void |
| 1634 | Target_x86_64<size>::merge_gnu_properties(const Object*) |
| 1635 | { |
| 1636 | if (this->seen_first_object_) |
| 1637 | { |
| 1638 | // If any object is missing the ISA_1_USED property, we must omit |
| 1639 | // it from the output file. |
| 1640 | if (this->object_isa_1_used_ == 0) |
| 1641 | this->isa_1_used_ = 0; |
| 1642 | else if (this->isa_1_used_ != 0) |
| 1643 | this->isa_1_used_ |= this->object_isa_1_used_; |
| 1644 | this->feature_1_ &= this->object_feature_1_; |
| 1645 | } |
| 1646 | else |
| 1647 | { |
| 1648 | this->isa_1_used_ = this->object_isa_1_used_; |
| 1649 | this->feature_1_ = this->object_feature_1_; |
| 1650 | this->seen_first_object_ = true; |
| 1651 | } |
| 1652 | this->object_isa_1_used_ = 0; |
| 1653 | this->object_feature_1_ = 0; |
| 1654 | } |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 | static inline void |
| 1657 | add_property(Layout* layout, unsigned int pr_type, uint32_t val) |
| 1658 | { |
| 1659 | unsigned char buf[4]; |
| 1660 | elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(buf, val); |
| 1661 | layout->add_gnu_property(elfcpp::NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0, pr_type, 4, buf); |
| 1662 | } |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | // Finalize the target-specific program properties and add them back to |
| 1665 | // the layout. |
| 1666 | template<int size> |
| 1667 | void |
| 1668 | Target_x86_64<size>::do_finalize_gnu_properties(Layout* layout) const |
| 1669 | { |
| 1670 | if (this->isa_1_used_ != 0) |
| 1671 | add_property(layout, elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED, |
| 1672 | this->isa_1_used_); |
| 1673 | if (this->isa_1_needed_ != 0) |
| 1674 | add_property(layout, elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_NEEDED, |
| 1675 | this->isa_1_needed_); |
| 1676 | if (this->feature_1_ != 0) |
| 1677 | add_property(layout, elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND, |
| 1678 | this->feature_1_); |
| 1679 | } |
| 1680 | |
| 1681 | // Write the first three reserved words of the .got.plt section. |
| 1682 | // The remainder of the section is written while writing the PLT |
| 1683 | // in Output_data_plt_i386::do_write. |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 | void |
| 1686 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64::do_write(Output_file* of) |
| 1687 | { |
| 1688 | // The first entry in the GOT is the address of the .dynamic section |
| 1689 | // aka the PT_DYNAMIC segment. The next two entries are reserved. |
| 1690 | // We saved space for them when we created the section in |
| 1691 | // Target_x86_64::got_section. |
| 1692 | const off_t got_file_offset = this->offset(); |
| 1693 | gold_assert(this->data_size() >= 24); |
| 1694 | unsigned char* const got_view = of->get_output_view(got_file_offset, 24); |
| 1695 | Output_section* dynamic = this->layout_->dynamic_section(); |
| 1696 | uint64_t dynamic_addr = dynamic == NULL ? 0 : dynamic->address(); |
| 1697 | elfcpp::Swap<64, false>::writeval(got_view, dynamic_addr); |
| 1698 | memset(got_view + 8, 0, 16); |
| 1699 | of->write_output_view(got_file_offset, 24, got_view); |
| 1700 | } |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | // Initialize the PLT section. |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 | template<int size> |
| 1705 | void |
| 1706 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::init(Layout* layout) |
| 1707 | { |
| 1708 | this->rel_ = new Reloc_section(false); |
| 1709 | layout->add_output_section_data(".rela.plt", elfcpp::SHT_RELA, |
| 1710 | elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rel_, |
| 1711 | ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS, false); |
| 1712 | } |
| 1713 | |
| 1714 | template<int size> |
| 1715 | void |
| 1716 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os) |
| 1717 | { |
| 1718 | os->set_entsize(this->get_plt_entry_size()); |
| 1719 | } |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 | // Add an entry to the PLT. |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 | template<int size> |
| 1724 | void |
| 1725 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::add_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, |
| 1726 | Symbol* gsym) |
| 1727 | { |
| 1728 | gold_assert(!gsym->has_plt_offset()); |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | unsigned int plt_index; |
| 1731 | off_t plt_offset; |
| 1732 | section_offset_type got_offset; |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | unsigned int* pcount; |
| 1735 | unsigned int offset; |
| 1736 | unsigned int reserved; |
| 1737 | Output_section_data_build* got; |
| 1738 | if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 1739 | && gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false)) |
| 1740 | { |
| 1741 | pcount = &this->irelative_count_; |
| 1742 | offset = 0; |
| 1743 | reserved = 0; |
| 1744 | got = this->got_irelative_; |
| 1745 | } |
| 1746 | else |
| 1747 | { |
| 1748 | pcount = &this->count_; |
| 1749 | offset = 1; |
| 1750 | reserved = 3; |
| 1751 | got = this->got_plt_; |
| 1752 | } |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 | if (!this->is_data_size_valid()) |
| 1755 | { |
| 1756 | // Note that when setting the PLT offset for a non-IRELATIVE |
| 1757 | // entry we skip the initial reserved PLT entry. |
| 1758 | plt_index = *pcount + offset; |
| 1759 | plt_offset = plt_index * this->get_plt_entry_size(); |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | ++*pcount; |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | got_offset = (plt_index - offset + reserved) * 8; |
| 1764 | gold_assert(got_offset == got->current_data_size()); |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 | // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT |
| 1767 | // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally |
| 1768 | // lazily when the function is called). |
| 1769 | got->set_current_data_size(got_offset + 8); |
| 1770 | } |
| 1771 | else |
| 1772 | { |
| 1773 | // FIXME: This is probably not correct for IRELATIVE relocs. |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | // For incremental updates, find an available slot. |
| 1776 | plt_offset = this->free_list_.allocate(this->get_plt_entry_size(), |
| 1777 | this->get_plt_entry_size(), 0); |
| 1778 | if (plt_offset == -1) |
| 1779 | gold_fallback(_("out of patch space (PLT);" |
| 1780 | " relink with --incremental-full")); |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 | // The GOT and PLT entries have a 1-1 correspondance, so the GOT offset |
| 1783 | // can be calculated from the PLT index, adjusting for the three |
| 1784 | // reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. |
| 1785 | plt_index = plt_offset / this->get_plt_entry_size() - 1; |
| 1786 | got_offset = (plt_index - offset + reserved) * 8; |
| 1787 | } |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 | gsym->set_plt_offset(plt_offset); |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | // Every PLT entry needs a reloc. |
| 1792 | this->add_relocation(symtab, layout, gsym, got_offset); |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 | // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the |
| 1795 | // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only |
| 1796 | // appear in the relocations. |
| 1797 | } |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 | // Add an entry to the PLT for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. Return |
| 1800 | // the PLT offset. |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 | template<int size> |
| 1803 | unsigned int |
| 1804 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::add_local_ifunc_entry( |
| 1805 | Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 1806 | Layout* layout, |
| 1807 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* relobj, |
| 1808 | unsigned int local_sym_index) |
| 1809 | { |
| 1810 | unsigned int plt_offset = this->irelative_count_ * this->get_plt_entry_size(); |
| 1811 | ++this->irelative_count_; |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | section_offset_type got_offset = this->got_irelative_->current_data_size(); |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT |
| 1816 | // entry. |
| 1817 | this->got_irelative_->set_current_data_size(got_offset + 8); |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 | // Every PLT entry needs a reloc. |
| 1820 | Reloc_section* rela = this->rela_irelative(symtab, layout); |
| 1821 | rela->add_symbolless_local_addend(relobj, local_sym_index, |
| 1822 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE, |
| 1823 | this->got_irelative_, got_offset, 0); |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 | return plt_offset; |
| 1826 | } |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 | // Add the relocation for a PLT entry. |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 | template<int size> |
| 1831 | void |
| 1832 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::add_relocation(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 1833 | Layout* layout, |
| 1834 | Symbol* gsym, |
| 1835 | unsigned int got_offset) |
| 1836 | { |
| 1837 | if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 1838 | && gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false)) |
| 1839 | { |
| 1840 | Reloc_section* rela = this->rela_irelative(symtab, layout); |
| 1841 | rela->add_symbolless_global_addend(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE, |
| 1842 | this->got_irelative_, got_offset, 0); |
| 1843 | } |
| 1844 | else |
| 1845 | { |
| 1846 | gsym->set_needs_dynsym_entry(); |
| 1847 | this->rel_->add_global(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT, this->got_plt_, |
| 1848 | got_offset, 0); |
| 1849 | } |
| 1850 | } |
| 1851 | |
| 1852 | // Return where the TLSDESC relocations should go, creating it if |
| 1853 | // necessary. These follow the JUMP_SLOT relocations. |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 | template<int size> |
| 1856 | typename Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::Reloc_section* |
| 1857 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::rela_tlsdesc(Layout* layout) |
| 1858 | { |
| 1859 | if (this->tlsdesc_rel_ == NULL) |
| 1860 | { |
| 1861 | this->tlsdesc_rel_ = new Reloc_section(false); |
| 1862 | layout->add_output_section_data(".rela.plt", elfcpp::SHT_RELA, |
| 1863 | elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->tlsdesc_rel_, |
| 1864 | ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS, false); |
| 1865 | gold_assert(this->tlsdesc_rel_->output_section() |
| 1866 | == this->rel_->output_section()); |
| 1867 | } |
| 1868 | return this->tlsdesc_rel_; |
| 1869 | } |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | // Return where the IRELATIVE relocations should go in the PLT. These |
| 1872 | // follow the JUMP_SLOT and the TLSDESC relocations. |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 | template<int size> |
| 1875 | typename Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::Reloc_section* |
| 1876 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::rela_irelative(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 1877 | Layout* layout) |
| 1878 | { |
| 1879 | if (this->irelative_rel_ == NULL) |
| 1880 | { |
| 1881 | // Make sure we have a place for the TLSDESC relocations, in |
| 1882 | // case we see any later on. |
| 1883 | this->rela_tlsdesc(layout); |
| 1884 | this->irelative_rel_ = new Reloc_section(false); |
| 1885 | layout->add_output_section_data(".rela.plt", elfcpp::SHT_RELA, |
| 1886 | elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->irelative_rel_, |
| 1887 | ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS, false); |
| 1888 | gold_assert(this->irelative_rel_->output_section() |
| 1889 | == this->rel_->output_section()); |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | if (parameters->doing_static_link()) |
| 1892 | { |
| 1893 | // A statically linked executable will only have a .rela.plt |
| 1894 | // section to hold R_X86_64_IRELATIVE relocs for |
| 1895 | // STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. The library will use these |
| 1896 | // symbols to locate the IRELATIVE relocs at program startup |
| 1897 | // time. |
| 1898 | symtab->define_in_output_data("__rela_iplt_start", NULL, |
| 1899 | Symbol_table::PREDEFINED, |
| 1900 | this->irelative_rel_, 0, 0, |
| 1901 | elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE, elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, |
| 1902 | elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0, false, true); |
| 1903 | symtab->define_in_output_data("__rela_iplt_end", NULL, |
| 1904 | Symbol_table::PREDEFINED, |
| 1905 | this->irelative_rel_, 0, 0, |
| 1906 | elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE, elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, |
| 1907 | elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0, true, true); |
| 1908 | } |
| 1909 | } |
| 1910 | return this->irelative_rel_; |
| 1911 | } |
| 1912 | |
| 1913 | // Return the PLT address to use for a global symbol. |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | template<int size> |
| 1916 | uint64_t |
| 1917 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::do_address_for_global(const Symbol* gsym) |
| 1918 | { |
| 1919 | uint64_t offset = 0; |
| 1920 | if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 1921 | && gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false)) |
| 1922 | offset = (this->count_ + 1) * this->get_plt_entry_size(); |
| 1923 | return this->address() + offset + gsym->plt_offset(); |
| 1924 | } |
| 1925 | |
| 1926 | // Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol. These are always |
| 1927 | // IRELATIVE relocs. |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | template<int size> |
| 1930 | uint64_t |
| 1931 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::do_address_for_local(const Relobj* object, |
| 1932 | unsigned int r_sym) |
| 1933 | { |
| 1934 | return (this->address() |
| 1935 | + (this->count_ + 1) * this->get_plt_entry_size() |
| 1936 | + object->local_plt_offset(r_sym)); |
| 1937 | } |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | // Set the final size. |
| 1940 | template<int size> |
| 1941 | void |
| 1942 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::set_final_data_size() |
| 1943 | { |
| 1944 | // Number of regular and IFUNC PLT entries, plus the first entry. |
| 1945 | unsigned int count = this->count_ + this->irelative_count_ + 1; |
| 1946 | // Count the TLSDESC entry, if present. |
| 1947 | if (this->has_tlsdesc_entry()) |
| 1948 | ++count; |
| 1949 | this->set_data_size(count * this->get_plt_entry_size()); |
| 1950 | } |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | // The first entry in the PLT for an executable. |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 | template<int size> |
| 1955 | const unsigned char |
| 1956 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 1957 | { |
| 1958 | // From AMD64 ABI Draft 0.98, page 76 |
| 1959 | 0xff, 0x35, // pushq contents of memory address |
| 1960 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 8 |
| 1961 | 0xff, 0x25, // jmp indirect |
| 1962 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 16 |
| 1963 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90 // noop (x4) |
| 1964 | }; |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | template<int size> |
| 1967 | void |
| 1968 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::do_fill_first_plt_entry( |
| 1969 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 1970 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 1971 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address) |
| 1972 | { |
| 1973 | memcpy(pov, first_plt_entry, plt_entry_size); |
| 1974 | // We do a jmp relative to the PC at the end of this instruction. |
| 1975 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2, |
| 1976 | (got_address + 8 |
| 1977 | - (plt_address + 6))); |
| 1978 | elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(pov + 8, |
| 1979 | (got_address + 16 |
| 1980 | - (plt_address + 12))); |
| 1981 | } |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 | // Subsequent entries in the PLT for an executable. |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 | template<int size> |
| 1986 | const unsigned char |
| 1987 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 1988 | { |
| 1989 | // From AMD64 ABI Draft 0.98, page 76 |
| 1990 | 0xff, 0x25, // jmpq indirect |
| 1991 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of symbol in .got |
| 1992 | 0x68, // pushq immediate |
| 1993 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset into relocation table |
| 1994 | 0xe9, // jmpq relative |
| 1995 | 0, 0, 0, 0 // replaced with offset to start of .plt |
| 1996 | }; |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 | template<int size> |
| 1999 | unsigned int |
| 2000 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::do_fill_plt_entry( |
| 2001 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 2002 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 2003 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 2004 | unsigned int got_offset, |
| 2005 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 2006 | unsigned int plt_index) |
| 2007 | { |
| 2008 | // Check PC-relative offset overflow in PLT entry. |
| 2009 | uint64_t plt_got_pcrel_offset = (got_address + got_offset |
| 2010 | - (plt_address + plt_offset + 6)); |
| 2011 | if (Bits<32>::has_overflow(plt_got_pcrel_offset)) |
| 2012 | gold_error(_("PC-relative offset overflow in PLT entry %d"), |
| 2013 | plt_index + 1); |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 | memcpy(pov, plt_entry, plt_entry_size); |
| 2016 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2, |
| 2017 | plt_got_pcrel_offset); |
| 2018 | |
| 2019 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 7, plt_index); |
| 2020 | elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(pov + 12, |
| 2021 | - (plt_offset + plt_entry_size)); |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | return 6; |
| 2024 | } |
| 2025 | |
| 2026 | // The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable. |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 | template<int size> |
| 2029 | const unsigned char |
| 2030 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 2031 | { |
| 2032 | // From Alexandre Oliva, "Thread-Local Storage Descriptors for IA32 |
| 2033 | // and AMD64/EM64T", Version 0.9.4 (2005-10-10). |
| 2034 | 0xff, 0x35, // pushq x(%rip) |
| 2035 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of linkmap GOT entry (at PLTGOT + 8) |
| 2036 | 0xff, 0x25, // jmpq *y(%rip) |
| 2037 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset of reserved TLSDESC_GOT entry |
| 2038 | 0x0f, 0x1f, // nop |
| 2039 | 0x40, 0 |
| 2040 | }; |
| 2041 | |
| 2042 | template<int size> |
| 2043 | void |
| 2044 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::do_fill_tlsdesc_entry( |
| 2045 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 2046 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 2047 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 2048 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base, |
| 2049 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset, |
| 2050 | unsigned int plt_offset) |
| 2051 | { |
| 2052 | memcpy(pov, tlsdesc_plt_entry, plt_entry_size); |
| 2053 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2, |
| 2054 | (got_address + 8 |
| 2055 | - (plt_address + plt_offset |
| 2056 | + 6))); |
| 2057 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 8, |
| 2058 | (got_base |
| 2059 | + tlsdesc_got_offset |
| 2060 | - (plt_address + plt_offset |
| 2061 | + 12))); |
| 2062 | } |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 | // Return the APLT address to use for a global symbol (for -z bndplt). |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | uint64_t |
| 2067 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::do_address_for_global(const Symbol* gsym) |
| 2068 | { |
| 2069 | uint64_t offset = this->aplt_offset_; |
| 2070 | // Convert the PLT offset into an APLT offset. |
| 2071 | unsigned int plt_offset = gsym->plt_offset(); |
| 2072 | if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2073 | && gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false)) |
| 2074 | offset += this->regular_count() * aplt_entry_size; |
| 2075 | else |
| 2076 | plt_offset -= plt_entry_size; |
| 2077 | plt_offset = plt_offset / (plt_entry_size / aplt_entry_size); |
| 2078 | return this->address() + offset + plt_offset; |
| 2079 | } |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 | // Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol. These are always |
| 2082 | // IRELATIVE relocs. |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 | uint64_t |
| 2085 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::do_address_for_local(const Relobj* object, |
| 2086 | unsigned int r_sym) |
| 2087 | { |
| 2088 | // Convert the PLT offset into an APLT offset. |
| 2089 | unsigned int plt_offset = ((object->local_plt_offset(r_sym) - plt_entry_size) |
| 2090 | / (plt_entry_size / aplt_entry_size)); |
| 2091 | return (this->address() |
| 2092 | + this->aplt_offset_ |
| 2093 | + this->regular_count() * aplt_entry_size |
| 2094 | + plt_offset); |
| 2095 | } |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | // Set the final size. |
| 2098 | void |
| 2099 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::set_final_data_size() |
| 2100 | { |
| 2101 | // Number of regular and IFUNC PLT entries. |
| 2102 | unsigned int count = this->entry_count(); |
| 2103 | // Count the first entry and the TLSDESC entry, if present. |
| 2104 | unsigned int extra = this->has_tlsdesc_entry() ? 2 : 1; |
| 2105 | unsigned int plt_size = (count + extra) * plt_entry_size; |
| 2106 | // Offset of the APLT. |
| 2107 | this->aplt_offset_ = plt_size; |
| 2108 | // Size of the APLT. |
| 2109 | plt_size += count * aplt_entry_size; |
| 2110 | this->set_data_size(plt_size); |
| 2111 | } |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 | // The first entry in the BND PLT. |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | const unsigned char |
| 2116 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 2117 | { |
| 2118 | // From AMD64 ABI Draft 0.98, page 76 |
| 2119 | 0xff, 0x35, // pushq contents of memory address |
| 2120 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 8 |
| 2121 | 0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, // bnd jmp indirect |
| 2122 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 16 |
| 2123 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x00 // nop |
| 2124 | }; |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 | void |
| 2127 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::do_fill_first_plt_entry( |
| 2128 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 2129 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 2130 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address) |
| 2131 | { |
| 2132 | memcpy(pov, first_plt_entry, plt_entry_size); |
| 2133 | // We do a jmp relative to the PC at the end of this instruction. |
| 2134 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2, |
| 2135 | (got_address + 8 |
| 2136 | - (plt_address + 6))); |
| 2137 | elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(pov + 9, |
| 2138 | (got_address + 16 |
| 2139 | - (plt_address + 13))); |
| 2140 | } |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | // Subsequent entries in the BND PLT. |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | const unsigned char |
| 2145 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 2146 | { |
| 2147 | // From AMD64 ABI Draft 0.99.8, page 139 |
| 2148 | 0x68, // pushq immediate |
| 2149 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset into relocation table |
| 2150 | 0xf2, 0xe9, // bnd jmpq relative |
| 2151 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset to start of .plt |
| 2152 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x44, 0, 0 // nop |
| 2153 | }; |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | // Entries in the BND Additional PLT. |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | const unsigned char |
| 2158 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::aplt_entry[aplt_entry_size] = |
| 2159 | { |
| 2160 | // From AMD64 ABI Draft 0.99.8, page 139 |
| 2161 | 0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, // bnd jmpq indirect |
| 2162 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of symbol in .got |
| 2163 | 0x90, // nop |
| 2164 | }; |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 | unsigned int |
| 2167 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::do_fill_plt_entry( |
| 2168 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 2169 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr, |
| 2170 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr, |
| 2171 | unsigned int, |
| 2172 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 2173 | unsigned int plt_index) |
| 2174 | { |
| 2175 | memcpy(pov, plt_entry, plt_entry_size); |
| 2176 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 1, plt_index); |
| 2177 | elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(pov + 7, -(plt_offset + 11)); |
| 2178 | return 0; |
| 2179 | } |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | void |
| 2182 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::fill_aplt_entry( |
| 2183 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 2184 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 2185 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 2186 | unsigned int got_offset, |
| 2187 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 2188 | unsigned int plt_index) |
| 2189 | { |
| 2190 | // Check PC-relative offset overflow in PLT entry. |
| 2191 | uint64_t plt_got_pcrel_offset = (got_address + got_offset |
| 2192 | - (plt_address + plt_offset + 7)); |
| 2193 | if (Bits<32>::has_overflow(plt_got_pcrel_offset)) |
| 2194 | gold_error(_("PC-relative offset overflow in APLT entry %d"), |
| 2195 | plt_index + 1); |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | memcpy(pov, aplt_entry, aplt_entry_size); |
| 2198 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 3, plt_got_pcrel_offset); |
| 2199 | } |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 | // The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable. |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | const unsigned char |
| 2204 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 2205 | { |
| 2206 | // From Alexandre Oliva, "Thread-Local Storage Descriptors for IA32 |
| 2207 | // and AMD64/EM64T", Version 0.9.4 (2005-10-10). |
| 2208 | 0xff, 0x35, // pushq x(%rip) |
| 2209 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of linkmap GOT entry (at PLTGOT + 8) |
| 2210 | 0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, // jmpq *y(%rip) |
| 2211 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset of reserved TLSDESC_GOT entry |
| 2212 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0 // nop |
| 2213 | }; |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 | void |
| 2216 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::do_fill_tlsdesc_entry( |
| 2217 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 2218 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 2219 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 2220 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_base, |
| 2221 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset, |
| 2222 | unsigned int plt_offset) |
| 2223 | { |
| 2224 | memcpy(pov, tlsdesc_plt_entry, plt_entry_size); |
| 2225 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2, |
| 2226 | (got_address + 8 |
| 2227 | - (plt_address + plt_offset |
| 2228 | + 6))); |
| 2229 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 9, |
| 2230 | (got_base |
| 2231 | + tlsdesc_got_offset |
| 2232 | - (plt_address + plt_offset |
| 2233 | + 13))); |
| 2234 | } |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | // Return the APLT address to use for a global symbol (for IBT). |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 | template<int size> |
| 2239 | uint64_t |
| 2240 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::do_address_for_global(const Symbol* gsym) |
| 2241 | { |
| 2242 | uint64_t offset = this->aplt_offset_; |
| 2243 | // Convert the PLT offset into an APLT offset. |
| 2244 | unsigned int plt_offset = gsym->plt_offset(); |
| 2245 | if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2246 | && gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false)) |
| 2247 | offset += this->regular_count() * aplt_entry_size; |
| 2248 | else |
| 2249 | plt_offset -= plt_entry_size; |
| 2250 | plt_offset = plt_offset / (plt_entry_size / aplt_entry_size); |
| 2251 | return this->address() + offset + plt_offset; |
| 2252 | } |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 | // Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol. These are always |
| 2255 | // IRELATIVE relocs. |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 | template<int size> |
| 2258 | uint64_t |
| 2259 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::do_address_for_local(const Relobj* object, |
| 2260 | unsigned int r_sym) |
| 2261 | { |
| 2262 | // Convert the PLT offset into an APLT offset. |
| 2263 | unsigned int plt_offset = ((object->local_plt_offset(r_sym) - plt_entry_size) |
| 2264 | / (plt_entry_size / aplt_entry_size)); |
| 2265 | return (this->address() |
| 2266 | + this->aplt_offset_ |
| 2267 | + this->regular_count() * aplt_entry_size |
| 2268 | + plt_offset); |
| 2269 | } |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | // Set the final size. |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | template<int size> |
| 2274 | void |
| 2275 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::set_final_data_size() |
| 2276 | { |
| 2277 | // Number of regular and IFUNC PLT entries. |
| 2278 | unsigned int count = this->entry_count(); |
| 2279 | // Count the first entry and the TLSDESC entry, if present. |
| 2280 | unsigned int extra = this->has_tlsdesc_entry() ? 2 : 1; |
| 2281 | unsigned int plt_size = (count + extra) * plt_entry_size; |
| 2282 | // Offset of the APLT. |
| 2283 | this->aplt_offset_ = plt_size; |
| 2284 | // Size of the APLT. |
| 2285 | plt_size += count * aplt_entry_size; |
| 2286 | this->set_data_size(plt_size); |
| 2287 | } |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 | // The first entry in the IBT PLT. |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 | template<> |
| 2292 | const unsigned char |
| 2293 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<32>::first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 2294 | { |
| 2295 | // MPX isn't supported for x32, so we don't need the BND prefix. |
| 2296 | // From AMD64 ABI Draft 0.98, page 76 |
| 2297 | 0xff, 0x35, // pushq contents of memory address |
| 2298 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 8 |
| 2299 | 0xff, 0x25, // jmp indirect |
| 2300 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 16 |
| 2301 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90 // noop (x4) |
| 2302 | }; |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | template<> |
| 2305 | const unsigned char |
| 2306 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<64>::first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 2307 | { |
| 2308 | // Use the BND prefix so that IBT is compatible with MPX. |
| 2309 | 0xff, 0x35, // pushq contents of memory address |
| 2310 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 8 |
| 2311 | 0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, // bnd jmp indirect |
| 2312 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 16 |
| 2313 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x00 // nop |
| 2314 | }; |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 | template<int size> |
| 2317 | void |
| 2318 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::do_fill_first_plt_entry( |
| 2319 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 2320 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 2321 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address) |
| 2322 | { |
| 2323 | // Offsets to the addresses needing relocation. |
| 2324 | const unsigned int roff1 = 2; |
| 2325 | const unsigned int roff2 = (size == 32) ? 8 : 9; |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | memcpy(pov, first_plt_entry, plt_entry_size); |
| 2328 | // We do a jmp relative to the PC at the end of this instruction. |
| 2329 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + roff1, |
| 2330 | (got_address + 8 |
| 2331 | - (plt_address + roff1 + 4))); |
| 2332 | elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(pov + roff2, |
| 2333 | (got_address + 16 |
| 2334 | - (plt_address + roff2 + 4))); |
| 2335 | } |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 | // Subsequent entries in the IBT PLT. |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 | template<> |
| 2340 | const unsigned char |
| 2341 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<32>::plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 2342 | { |
| 2343 | // From AMD64 ABI Draft 1.0-rc1, Chapter 13. |
| 2344 | 0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfa, // endbr64 |
| 2345 | 0x68, // pushq immediate |
| 2346 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset into relocation table |
| 2347 | 0xe9, // jmpq relative |
| 2348 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset to start of .plt |
| 2349 | 0x90, 0x90 // nop |
| 2350 | }; |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 | template<> |
| 2353 | const unsigned char |
| 2354 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<64>::plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 2355 | { |
| 2356 | // From AMD64 ABI Draft 1.0-rc1, Chapter 13. |
| 2357 | 0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfa, // endbr64 |
| 2358 | 0x68, // pushq immediate |
| 2359 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset into relocation table |
| 2360 | 0xf2, 0xe9, // bnd jmpq relative |
| 2361 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset to start of .plt |
| 2362 | 0x90 // nop |
| 2363 | }; |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | // Entries in the IBT Additional PLT. |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 | template<> |
| 2368 | const unsigned char |
| 2369 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<32>::aplt_entry[aplt_entry_size] = |
| 2370 | { |
| 2371 | // From AMD64 ABI Draft 1.0-rc1, Chapter 13. |
| 2372 | 0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfa, // endbr64 |
| 2373 | 0xff, 0x25, // jmpq indirect |
| 2374 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of symbol in .got |
| 2375 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x04, 0x00, // nop |
| 2376 | 0x90, 0x90 // nop |
| 2377 | }; |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | template<> |
| 2380 | const unsigned char |
| 2381 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<64>::aplt_entry[aplt_entry_size] = |
| 2382 | { |
| 2383 | // From AMD64 ABI Draft 1.0-rc1, Chapter 13. |
| 2384 | 0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfa, // endbr64 |
| 2385 | 0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, // bnd jmpq indirect |
| 2386 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of symbol in .got |
| 2387 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x04, 0x00, // nop |
| 2388 | 0x90, // nop |
| 2389 | }; |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 | template<int size> |
| 2392 | unsigned int |
| 2393 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::do_fill_plt_entry( |
| 2394 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 2395 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr, |
| 2396 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr, |
| 2397 | unsigned int, |
| 2398 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 2399 | unsigned int plt_index) |
| 2400 | { |
| 2401 | // Offsets to the addresses needing relocation. |
| 2402 | const unsigned int roff1 = 5; |
| 2403 | const unsigned int roff2 = (size == 32) ? 10 : 11; |
| 2404 | |
| 2405 | memcpy(pov, plt_entry, plt_entry_size); |
| 2406 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + roff1, plt_index); |
| 2407 | elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(pov + roff2, -(plt_offset + roff2 + 4)); |
| 2408 | return 0; |
| 2409 | } |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | template<int size> |
| 2412 | void |
| 2413 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::fill_aplt_entry( |
| 2414 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 2415 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 2416 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 2417 | unsigned int got_offset, |
| 2418 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 2419 | unsigned int plt_index) |
| 2420 | { |
| 2421 | // Offset to the address needing relocation. |
| 2422 | const unsigned int roff = (size == 32) ? 6 : 7; |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 | // Check PC-relative offset overflow in PLT entry. |
| 2425 | uint64_t plt_got_pcrel_offset = (got_address + got_offset |
| 2426 | - (plt_address + plt_offset + roff + 4)); |
| 2427 | if (Bits<32>::has_overflow(plt_got_pcrel_offset)) |
| 2428 | gold_error(_("PC-relative offset overflow in APLT entry %d"), |
| 2429 | plt_index + 1); |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 | memcpy(pov, aplt_entry, aplt_entry_size); |
| 2432 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + roff, plt_got_pcrel_offset); |
| 2433 | } |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 | // The reserved TLSDESC entry in the IBT PLT for an executable. |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | template<int size> |
| 2438 | const unsigned char |
| 2439 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 2440 | { |
| 2441 | // From Alexandre Oliva, "Thread-Local Storage Descriptors for IA32 |
| 2442 | // and AMD64/EM64T", Version 0.9.4 (2005-10-10). |
| 2443 | 0xff, 0x35, // pushq x(%rip) |
| 2444 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of linkmap GOT entry (at PLTGOT + 8) |
| 2445 | 0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, // jmpq *y(%rip) |
| 2446 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset of reserved TLSDESC_GOT entry |
| 2447 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0 // nop |
| 2448 | }; |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 | template<int size> |
| 2451 | void |
| 2452 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::do_fill_tlsdesc_entry( |
| 2453 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 2454 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 2455 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 2456 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base, |
| 2457 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset, |
| 2458 | unsigned int plt_offset) |
| 2459 | { |
| 2460 | memcpy(pov, tlsdesc_plt_entry, plt_entry_size); |
| 2461 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2, |
| 2462 | (got_address + 8 |
| 2463 | - (plt_address + plt_offset |
| 2464 | + 6))); |
| 2465 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 9, |
| 2466 | (got_base |
| 2467 | + tlsdesc_got_offset |
| 2468 | - (plt_address + plt_offset |
| 2469 | + 13))); |
| 2470 | } |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 | // The .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT. |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 | template<int size> |
| 2475 | const unsigned char |
| 2476 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::plt_eh_frame_cie[plt_eh_frame_cie_size] = |
| 2477 | { |
| 2478 | 1, // CIE version. |
| 2479 | 'z', // Augmentation: augmentation size included. |
| 2480 | 'R', // Augmentation: FDE encoding included. |
| 2481 | '\0', // End of augmentation string. |
| 2482 | 1, // Code alignment factor. |
| 2483 | 0x78, // Data alignment factor. |
| 2484 | 16, // Return address column. |
| 2485 | 1, // Augmentation size. |
| 2486 | (elfcpp::DW_EH_PE_pcrel // FDE encoding. |
| 2487 | | elfcpp::DW_EH_PE_sdata4), |
| 2488 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa, 7, 8, // DW_CFA_def_cfa: r7 (rsp) ofs 8. |
| 2489 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_offset + 16, 1,// DW_CFA_offset: r16 (rip) at cfa-8. |
| 2490 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, // Align to 16 bytes. |
| 2491 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop |
| 2492 | }; |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 | template<int size> |
| 2495 | const unsigned char |
| 2496 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size] = |
| 2497 | { |
| 2498 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with offset to .plt. |
| 2499 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with size of .plt. |
| 2500 | 0, // Augmentation size. |
| 2501 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16. |
| 2502 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, // Advance 6 to __PLT__ + 6. |
| 2503 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24. |
| 2504 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, // Advance 10 to __PLT__ + 16. |
| 2505 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. |
| 2506 | 11, // Block length. |
| 2507 | elfcpp::DW_OP_breg7, 8, // Push %rsp + 8. |
| 2508 | elfcpp::DW_OP_breg16, 0, // Push %rip. |
| 2509 | elfcpp::DW_OP_lit15, // Push 0xf. |
| 2510 | elfcpp::DW_OP_and, // & (%rip & 0xf). |
| 2511 | elfcpp::DW_OP_lit11, // Push 0xb. |
| 2512 | elfcpp::DW_OP_ge, // >= ((%rip & 0xf) >= 0xb) |
| 2513 | elfcpp::DW_OP_lit3, // Push 3. |
| 2514 | elfcpp::DW_OP_shl, // << (((%rip & 0xf) >= 0xb) << 3) |
| 2515 | elfcpp::DW_OP_plus, // + ((((%rip&0xf)>=0xb)<<3)+%rsp+8 |
| 2516 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, // Align to 32 bytes. |
| 2517 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, |
| 2518 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, |
| 2519 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop |
| 2520 | }; |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 | // The .eh_frame unwind information for the BND PLT. |
| 2523 | const unsigned char |
| 2524 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size] = |
| 2525 | { |
| 2526 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with offset to .plt. |
| 2527 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with size of .plt. |
| 2528 | 0, // Augmentation size. |
| 2529 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16. |
| 2530 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, // Advance 6 to __PLT__ + 6. |
| 2531 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24. |
| 2532 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, // Advance 10 to __PLT__ + 16. |
| 2533 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. |
| 2534 | 11, // Block length. |
| 2535 | elfcpp::DW_OP_breg7, 8, // Push %rsp + 8. |
| 2536 | elfcpp::DW_OP_breg16, 0, // Push %rip. |
| 2537 | elfcpp::DW_OP_lit15, // Push 0xf. |
| 2538 | elfcpp::DW_OP_and, // & (%rip & 0xf). |
| 2539 | elfcpp::DW_OP_lit5, // Push 5. |
| 2540 | elfcpp::DW_OP_ge, // >= ((%rip & 0xf) >= 5) |
| 2541 | elfcpp::DW_OP_lit3, // Push 3. |
| 2542 | elfcpp::DW_OP_shl, // << (((%rip & 0xf) >= 5) << 3) |
| 2543 | elfcpp::DW_OP_plus, // + ((((%rip&0xf)>=5)<<3)+%rsp+8 |
| 2544 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, // Align to 32 bytes. |
| 2545 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, |
| 2546 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, |
| 2547 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop |
| 2548 | }; |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | // The .eh_frame unwind information for the BND PLT. |
| 2551 | template<int size> |
| 2552 | const unsigned char |
| 2553 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size] = |
| 2554 | { |
| 2555 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with offset to .plt. |
| 2556 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with size of .plt. |
| 2557 | 0, // Augmentation size. |
| 2558 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16. |
| 2559 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, // Advance 6 to __PLT__ + 6. |
| 2560 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24. |
| 2561 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, // Advance 10 to __PLT__ + 16. |
| 2562 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. |
| 2563 | 11, // Block length. |
| 2564 | elfcpp::DW_OP_breg7, 8, // Push %rsp + 8. |
| 2565 | elfcpp::DW_OP_breg16, 0, // Push %rip. |
| 2566 | elfcpp::DW_OP_lit15, // Push 0xf. |
| 2567 | elfcpp::DW_OP_and, // & (%rip & 0xf). |
| 2568 | elfcpp::DW_OP_lit9, // Push 9. |
| 2569 | elfcpp::DW_OP_ge, // >= ((%rip & 0xf) >= 9) |
| 2570 | elfcpp::DW_OP_lit3, // Push 3. |
| 2571 | elfcpp::DW_OP_shl, // << (((%rip & 0xf) >= 9) << 3) |
| 2572 | elfcpp::DW_OP_plus, // + ((((%rip&0xf)>=9)<<3)+%rsp+8 |
| 2573 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, // Align to 32 bytes. |
| 2574 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, |
| 2575 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, |
| 2576 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop |
| 2577 | }; |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 | // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above, |
| 2580 | // and adjusts them as needed. This is specified by the AMD64 ABI. |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 | template<int size> |
| 2583 | void |
| 2584 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::do_write(Output_file* of) |
| 2585 | { |
| 2586 | const off_t offset = this->offset(); |
| 2587 | const section_size_type oview_size = |
| 2588 | convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size()); |
| 2589 | unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size); |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 | const off_t got_file_offset = this->got_plt_->offset(); |
| 2592 | gold_assert(parameters->incremental_update() |
| 2593 | || (got_file_offset + this->got_plt_->data_size() |
| 2594 | == this->got_irelative_->offset())); |
| 2595 | const section_size_type got_size = |
| 2596 | convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_->data_size() |
| 2597 | + this->got_irelative_->data_size()); |
| 2598 | unsigned char* const got_view = of->get_output_view(got_file_offset, |
| 2599 | got_size); |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 | unsigned char* pov = oview; |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | // The base address of the .plt section. |
| 2604 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address = this->address(); |
| 2605 | // The base address of the .got section. |
| 2606 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base = this->got_->address(); |
| 2607 | // The base address of the PLT portion of the .got section, |
| 2608 | // which is where the GOT pointer will point, and where the |
| 2609 | // three reserved GOT entries are located. |
| 2610 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address |
| 2611 | = this->got_plt_->address(); |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | this->fill_first_plt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address); |
| 2614 | pov += this->get_plt_entry_size(); |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | // The first three entries in the GOT are reserved, and are written |
| 2617 | // by Output_data_got_plt_x86_64::do_write. |
| 2618 | unsigned char* got_pov = got_view + 24; |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 | unsigned int plt_offset = this->get_plt_entry_size(); |
| 2621 | unsigned int got_offset = 24; |
| 2622 | const unsigned int count = this->count_ + this->irelative_count_; |
| 2623 | for (unsigned int plt_index = 0; |
| 2624 | plt_index < count; |
| 2625 | ++plt_index, |
| 2626 | pov += this->get_plt_entry_size(), |
| 2627 | got_pov += 8, |
| 2628 | plt_offset += this->get_plt_entry_size(), |
| 2629 | got_offset += 8) |
| 2630 | { |
| 2631 | // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself. |
| 2632 | unsigned int lazy_offset = this->fill_plt_entry(pov, |
| 2633 | got_address, plt_address, |
| 2634 | got_offset, plt_offset, |
| 2635 | plt_index); |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | // Set the entry in the GOT. |
| 2638 | elfcpp::Swap<64, false>::writeval(got_pov, |
| 2639 | plt_address + plt_offset + lazy_offset); |
| 2640 | } |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | if (this->has_tlsdesc_entry()) |
| 2643 | { |
| 2644 | // Set and adjust the reserved TLSDESC PLT entry. |
| 2645 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset = this->get_tlsdesc_got_offset(); |
| 2646 | this->fill_tlsdesc_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, got_base, |
| 2647 | tlsdesc_got_offset, plt_offset); |
| 2648 | pov += this->get_plt_entry_size(); |
| 2649 | } |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 | gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov - oview) == oview_size); |
| 2652 | gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(got_pov - got_view) == got_size); |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 | of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview); |
| 2655 | of->write_output_view(got_file_offset, got_size, got_view); |
| 2656 | } |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | // Write out the BND PLT. |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | void |
| 2661 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::do_write(Output_file* of) |
| 2662 | { |
| 2663 | const off_t offset = this->offset(); |
| 2664 | const section_size_type oview_size = |
| 2665 | convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size()); |
| 2666 | unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size); |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got = this->got(); |
| 2669 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt = this->got_plt(); |
| 2670 | Output_data_space* got_irelative = this->got_irelative(); |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 | const off_t got_file_offset = got_plt->offset(); |
| 2673 | gold_assert(parameters->incremental_update() |
| 2674 | || (got_file_offset + got_plt->data_size() |
| 2675 | == got_irelative->offset())); |
| 2676 | const section_size_type got_size = |
| 2677 | convert_to_section_size_type(got_plt->data_size() |
| 2678 | + got_irelative->data_size()); |
| 2679 | unsigned char* const got_view = of->get_output_view(got_file_offset, |
| 2680 | got_size); |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 | unsigned char* pov = oview; |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | // The base address of the .plt section. |
| 2685 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address = this->address(); |
| 2686 | // The base address of the .got section. |
| 2687 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_base = got->address(); |
| 2688 | // The base address of the PLT portion of the .got section, |
| 2689 | // which is where the GOT pointer will point, and where the |
| 2690 | // three reserved GOT entries are located. |
| 2691 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address = got_plt->address(); |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | this->fill_first_plt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address); |
| 2694 | pov += plt_entry_size; |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | // The first three entries in the GOT are reserved, and are written |
| 2697 | // by Output_data_got_plt_x86_64::do_write. |
| 2698 | unsigned char* got_pov = got_view + 24; |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | unsigned int plt_offset = plt_entry_size; |
| 2701 | unsigned int got_offset = 24; |
| 2702 | const unsigned int count = this->entry_count(); |
| 2703 | for (unsigned int plt_index = 0; |
| 2704 | plt_index < count; |
| 2705 | ++plt_index, |
| 2706 | pov += plt_entry_size, |
| 2707 | got_pov += 8, |
| 2708 | plt_offset += plt_entry_size, |
| 2709 | got_offset += 8) |
| 2710 | { |
| 2711 | // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself. |
| 2712 | unsigned int lazy_offset = this->fill_plt_entry(pov, |
| 2713 | got_address, plt_address, |
| 2714 | got_offset, plt_offset, |
| 2715 | plt_index); |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 | // Set the entry in the GOT. |
| 2718 | elfcpp::Swap<64, false>::writeval(got_pov, |
| 2719 | plt_address + plt_offset + lazy_offset); |
| 2720 | } |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 | if (this->has_tlsdesc_entry()) |
| 2723 | { |
| 2724 | // Set and adjust the reserved TLSDESC PLT entry. |
| 2725 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset = this->get_tlsdesc_got_offset(); |
| 2726 | this->fill_tlsdesc_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, got_base, |
| 2727 | tlsdesc_got_offset, plt_offset); |
| 2728 | pov += this->get_plt_entry_size(); |
| 2729 | } |
| 2730 | |
| 2731 | // Write the additional PLT. |
| 2732 | got_offset = 24; |
| 2733 | for (unsigned int plt_index = 0; |
| 2734 | plt_index < count; |
| 2735 | ++plt_index, |
| 2736 | pov += aplt_entry_size, |
| 2737 | plt_offset += aplt_entry_size, |
| 2738 | got_offset += 8) |
| 2739 | { |
| 2740 | // Set and adjust the APLT entry. |
| 2741 | this->fill_aplt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, got_offset, |
| 2742 | plt_offset, plt_index); |
| 2743 | } |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 | gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov - oview) == oview_size); |
| 2746 | gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(got_pov - got_view) == got_size); |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview); |
| 2749 | of->write_output_view(got_file_offset, got_size, got_view); |
| 2750 | } |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 | // Write out the IBT PLT. |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 | template<int size> |
| 2755 | void |
| 2756 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::do_write(Output_file* of) |
| 2757 | { |
| 2758 | const off_t offset = this->offset(); |
| 2759 | const section_size_type oview_size = |
| 2760 | convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size()); |
| 2761 | unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size); |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got = this->got(); |
| 2764 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt = this->got_plt(); |
| 2765 | Output_data_space* got_irelative = this->got_irelative(); |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | const off_t got_file_offset = got_plt->offset(); |
| 2768 | gold_assert(parameters->incremental_update() |
| 2769 | || (got_file_offset + got_plt->data_size() |
| 2770 | == got_irelative->offset())); |
| 2771 | const section_size_type got_size = |
| 2772 | convert_to_section_size_type(got_plt->data_size() |
| 2773 | + got_irelative->data_size()); |
| 2774 | unsigned char* const got_view = of->get_output_view(got_file_offset, |
| 2775 | got_size); |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | unsigned char* pov = oview; |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 | // The base address of the .plt section. |
| 2780 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address = this->address(); |
| 2781 | // The base address of the .got section. |
| 2782 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_base = got->address(); |
| 2783 | // The base address of the PLT portion of the .got section, |
| 2784 | // which is where the GOT pointer will point, and where the |
| 2785 | // three reserved GOT entries are located. |
| 2786 | elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address = got_plt->address(); |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | this->fill_first_plt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address); |
| 2789 | pov += plt_entry_size; |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 | // The first three entries in the GOT are reserved, and are written |
| 2792 | // by Output_data_got_plt_x86_64::do_write. |
| 2793 | unsigned char* got_pov = got_view + 24; |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | unsigned int plt_offset = plt_entry_size; |
| 2796 | unsigned int got_offset = 24; |
| 2797 | const unsigned int count = this->entry_count(); |
| 2798 | for (unsigned int plt_index = 0; |
| 2799 | plt_index < count; |
| 2800 | ++plt_index, |
| 2801 | pov += plt_entry_size, |
| 2802 | got_pov += 8, |
| 2803 | plt_offset += plt_entry_size, |
| 2804 | got_offset += 8) |
| 2805 | { |
| 2806 | // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself. |
| 2807 | unsigned int lazy_offset = this->fill_plt_entry(pov, |
| 2808 | got_address, plt_address, |
| 2809 | got_offset, plt_offset, |
| 2810 | plt_index); |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | // Set the entry in the GOT. |
| 2813 | elfcpp::Swap<64, false>::writeval(got_pov, |
| 2814 | plt_address + plt_offset + lazy_offset); |
| 2815 | } |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 | if (this->has_tlsdesc_entry()) |
| 2818 | { |
| 2819 | // Set and adjust the reserved TLSDESC PLT entry. |
| 2820 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset = this->get_tlsdesc_got_offset(); |
| 2821 | this->fill_tlsdesc_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, got_base, |
| 2822 | tlsdesc_got_offset, plt_offset); |
| 2823 | pov += this->get_plt_entry_size(); |
| 2824 | } |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 | // Write the additional PLT. |
| 2827 | got_offset = 24; |
| 2828 | for (unsigned int plt_index = 0; |
| 2829 | plt_index < count; |
| 2830 | ++plt_index, |
| 2831 | pov += aplt_entry_size, |
| 2832 | plt_offset += aplt_entry_size, |
| 2833 | got_offset += 8) |
| 2834 | { |
| 2835 | // Set and adjust the APLT entry. |
| 2836 | this->fill_aplt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, got_offset, |
| 2837 | plt_offset, plt_index); |
| 2838 | } |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov - oview) == oview_size); |
| 2841 | gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(got_pov - got_view) == got_size); |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 | of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview); |
| 2844 | of->write_output_view(got_file_offset, got_size, got_view); |
| 2845 | } |
| 2846 | |
| 2847 | // Create the PLT section. |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 | template<int size> |
| 2850 | void |
| 2851 | Target_x86_64<size>::make_plt_section(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout) |
| 2852 | { |
| 2853 | if (this->plt_ == NULL) |
| 2854 | { |
| 2855 | // Create the GOT sections first. |
| 2856 | this->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | this->plt_ = this->make_data_plt(layout, this->got_, this->got_plt_, |
| 2859 | this->got_irelative_); |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 | // Add unwind information if requested. |
| 2862 | if (parameters->options().ld_generated_unwind_info()) |
| 2863 | this->plt_->add_eh_frame(layout); |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | layout->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, |
| 2866 | (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC |
| 2867 | | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR), |
| 2868 | this->plt_, ORDER_PLT, false); |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | // Make the sh_info field of .rela.plt point to .plt. |
| 2871 | Output_section* rela_plt_os = this->plt_->rela_plt()->output_section(); |
| 2872 | rela_plt_os->set_info_section(this->plt_->output_section()); |
| 2873 | } |
| 2874 | } |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | template<> |
| 2877 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<32>* |
| 2878 | Target_x86_64<32>::do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout, |
| 2879 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 2880 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 2881 | Output_data_space* got_irelative) |
| 2882 | { |
| 2883 | if (this->feature_1_ & elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT) |
| 2884 | return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<32>(layout, got, got_plt, |
| 2885 | got_irelative); |
| 2886 | return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<32>(layout, got, got_plt, |
| 2887 | got_irelative); |
| 2888 | } |
| 2889 | |
| 2890 | template<> |
| 2891 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<64>* |
| 2892 | Target_x86_64<64>::do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout, |
| 2893 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 2894 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 2895 | Output_data_space* got_irelative) |
| 2896 | { |
| 2897 | if (this->feature_1_ & elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT) |
| 2898 | return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<64>(layout, got, got_plt, |
| 2899 | got_irelative); |
| 2900 | else if (parameters->options().bndplt()) |
| 2901 | return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd(layout, got, got_plt, |
| 2902 | got_irelative); |
| 2903 | else |
| 2904 | return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<64>(layout, got, got_plt, |
| 2905 | got_irelative); |
| 2906 | } |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 | template<> |
| 2909 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<32>* |
| 2910 | Target_x86_64<32>::do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout, |
| 2911 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 2912 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 2913 | Output_data_space* got_irelative, |
| 2914 | unsigned int plt_count) |
| 2915 | { |
| 2916 | if (this->feature_1_ & elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT) |
| 2917 | return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<32>(layout, got, got_plt, |
| 2918 | got_irelative, plt_count); |
| 2919 | return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<32>(layout, got, got_plt, |
| 2920 | got_irelative, plt_count); |
| 2921 | } |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 | template<> |
| 2924 | Output_data_plt_x86_64<64>* |
| 2925 | Target_x86_64<64>::do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout, |
| 2926 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 2927 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 2928 | Output_data_space* got_irelative, |
| 2929 | unsigned int plt_count) |
| 2930 | { |
| 2931 | if (this->feature_1_ & elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT) |
| 2932 | return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<64>(layout, got, got_plt, |
| 2933 | got_irelative, plt_count); |
| 2934 | else if (parameters->options().bndplt()) |
| 2935 | return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd(layout, got, got_plt, |
| 2936 | got_irelative, plt_count); |
| 2937 | else |
| 2938 | return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<64>(layout, got, got_plt, |
| 2939 | got_irelative, |
| 2940 | plt_count); |
| 2941 | } |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | // Return the section for TLSDESC relocations. |
| 2944 | |
| 2945 | template<int size> |
| 2946 | typename Target_x86_64<size>::Reloc_section* |
| 2947 | Target_x86_64<size>::rela_tlsdesc_section(Layout* layout) const |
| 2948 | { |
| 2949 | return this->plt_section()->rela_tlsdesc(layout); |
| 2950 | } |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol. |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 | template<int size> |
| 2955 | void |
| 2956 | Target_x86_64<size>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, |
| 2957 | Symbol* gsym) |
| 2958 | { |
| 2959 | if (gsym->has_plt_offset()) |
| 2960 | return; |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 | if (this->plt_ == NULL) |
| 2963 | this->make_plt_section(symtab, layout); |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 | this->plt_->add_entry(symtab, layout, gsym); |
| 2966 | } |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 | // Make a PLT entry for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | template<int size> |
| 2971 | void |
| 2972 | Target_x86_64<size>::make_local_ifunc_plt_entry( |
| 2973 | Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, |
| 2974 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* relobj, |
| 2975 | unsigned int local_sym_index) |
| 2976 | { |
| 2977 | if (relobj->local_has_plt_offset(local_sym_index)) |
| 2978 | return; |
| 2979 | if (this->plt_ == NULL) |
| 2980 | this->make_plt_section(symtab, layout); |
| 2981 | unsigned int plt_offset = this->plt_->add_local_ifunc_entry(symtab, layout, |
| 2982 | relobj, |
| 2983 | local_sym_index); |
| 2984 | relobj->set_local_plt_offset(local_sym_index, plt_offset); |
| 2985 | } |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 | // Return the number of entries in the PLT. |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | template<int size> |
| 2990 | unsigned int |
| 2991 | Target_x86_64<size>::plt_entry_count() const |
| 2992 | { |
| 2993 | if (this->plt_ == NULL) |
| 2994 | return 0; |
| 2995 | return this->plt_->entry_count(); |
| 2996 | } |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 | // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry. |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | template<int size> |
| 3001 | unsigned int |
| 3002 | Target_x86_64<size>::first_plt_entry_offset() const |
| 3003 | { |
| 3004 | if (this->plt_ == NULL) |
| 3005 | return 0; |
| 3006 | return this->plt_->first_plt_entry_offset(); |
| 3007 | } |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | // Return the size of each PLT entry. |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 | template<int size> |
| 3012 | unsigned int |
| 3013 | Target_x86_64<size>::plt_entry_size() const |
| 3014 | { |
| 3015 | if (this->plt_ == NULL) |
| 3016 | return 0; |
| 3017 | return this->plt_->get_plt_entry_size(); |
| 3018 | } |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | // Create the GOT and PLT sections for an incremental update. |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 | template<int size> |
| 3023 | Output_data_got_base* |
| 3024 | Target_x86_64<size>::init_got_plt_for_update(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 3025 | Layout* layout, |
| 3026 | unsigned int got_count, |
| 3027 | unsigned int plt_count) |
| 3028 | { |
| 3029 | gold_assert(this->got_ == NULL); |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 | this->got_ = new Output_data_got<64, false>(got_count * 8); |
| 3032 | layout->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, |
| 3033 | (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC |
| 3034 | | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE), |
| 3035 | this->got_, ORDER_RELRO_LAST, |
| 3036 | true); |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | // Add the three reserved entries. |
| 3039 | this->got_plt_ = new Output_data_got_plt_x86_64(layout, (plt_count + 3) * 8); |
| 3040 | layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, |
| 3041 | (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC |
| 3042 | | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE), |
| 3043 | this->got_plt_, ORDER_NON_RELRO_FIRST, |
| 3044 | false); |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT. |
| 3047 | this->global_offset_table_ = |
| 3048 | symtab->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL, |
| 3049 | Symbol_table::PREDEFINED, |
| 3050 | this->got_plt_, |
| 3051 | 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT, |
| 3052 | elfcpp::STB_LOCAL, |
| 3053 | elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0, |
| 3054 | false, false); |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | // If there are any TLSDESC relocations, they get GOT entries in |
| 3057 | // .got.plt after the jump slot entries. |
| 3058 | // FIXME: Get the count for TLSDESC entries. |
| 3059 | this->got_tlsdesc_ = new Output_data_got<64, false>(0); |
| 3060 | layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, |
| 3061 | elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE, |
| 3062 | this->got_tlsdesc_, |
| 3063 | ORDER_NON_RELRO_FIRST, false); |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | // If there are any IRELATIVE relocations, they get GOT entries in |
| 3066 | // .got.plt after the jump slot and TLSDESC entries. |
| 3067 | this->got_irelative_ = new Output_data_space(0, 8, "** GOT IRELATIVE PLT"); |
| 3068 | layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, |
| 3069 | elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE, |
| 3070 | this->got_irelative_, |
| 3071 | ORDER_NON_RELRO_FIRST, false); |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 | // Create the PLT section. |
| 3074 | this->plt_ = this->make_data_plt(layout, this->got_, |
| 3075 | this->got_plt_, |
| 3076 | this->got_irelative_, |
| 3077 | plt_count); |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | // Add unwind information if requested. |
| 3080 | if (parameters->options().ld_generated_unwind_info()) |
| 3081 | this->plt_->add_eh_frame(layout); |
| 3082 | |
| 3083 | layout->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS, |
| 3084 | elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR, |
| 3085 | this->plt_, ORDER_PLT, false); |
| 3086 | |
| 3087 | // Make the sh_info field of .rela.plt point to .plt. |
| 3088 | Output_section* rela_plt_os = this->plt_->rela_plt()->output_section(); |
| 3089 | rela_plt_os->set_info_section(this->plt_->output_section()); |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | // Create the rela_dyn section. |
| 3092 | this->rela_dyn_section(layout); |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | return this->got_; |
| 3095 | } |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 | // Reserve a GOT entry for a local symbol, and regenerate any |
| 3098 | // necessary dynamic relocations. |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 | template<int size> |
| 3101 | void |
| 3102 | Target_x86_64<size>::reserve_local_got_entry( |
| 3103 | unsigned int got_index, |
| 3104 | Sized_relobj<size, false>* obj, |
| 3105 | unsigned int r_sym, |
| 3106 | unsigned int got_type) |
| 3107 | { |
| 3108 | unsigned int got_offset = got_index * 8; |
| 3109 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn = this->rela_dyn_section(NULL); |
| 3110 | |
| 3111 | this->got_->reserve_local(got_index, obj, r_sym, got_type); |
| 3112 | switch (got_type) |
| 3113 | { |
| 3114 | case GOT_TYPE_STANDARD: |
| 3115 | if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()) |
| 3116 | rela_dyn->add_local_relative(obj, r_sym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE, |
| 3117 | this->got_, got_offset, 0, false); |
| 3118 | break; |
| 3119 | case GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET: |
| 3120 | rela_dyn->add_local(obj, r_sym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64, |
| 3121 | this->got_, got_offset, 0); |
| 3122 | break; |
| 3123 | case GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR: |
| 3124 | this->got_->reserve_slot(got_index + 1); |
| 3125 | rela_dyn->add_local(obj, r_sym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64, |
| 3126 | this->got_, got_offset, 0); |
| 3127 | break; |
| 3128 | case GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC: |
| 3129 | gold_fatal(_("TLS_DESC not yet supported for incremental linking")); |
| 3130 | // this->got_->reserve_slot(got_index + 1); |
| 3131 | // rela_dyn->add_target_specific(elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC, arg, |
| 3132 | // this->got_, got_offset, 0); |
| 3133 | break; |
| 3134 | default: |
| 3135 | gold_unreachable(); |
| 3136 | } |
| 3137 | } |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 | // Reserve a GOT entry for a global symbol, and regenerate any |
| 3140 | // necessary dynamic relocations. |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | template<int size> |
| 3143 | void |
| 3144 | Target_x86_64<size>::reserve_global_got_entry(unsigned int got_index, |
| 3145 | Symbol* gsym, |
| 3146 | unsigned int got_type) |
| 3147 | { |
| 3148 | unsigned int got_offset = got_index * 8; |
| 3149 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn = this->rela_dyn_section(NULL); |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 | this->got_->reserve_global(got_index, gsym, got_type); |
| 3152 | switch (got_type) |
| 3153 | { |
| 3154 | case GOT_TYPE_STANDARD: |
| 3155 | if (!gsym->final_value_is_known()) |
| 3156 | { |
| 3157 | if (gsym->is_from_dynobj() |
| 3158 | || gsym->is_undefined() |
| 3159 | || gsym->is_preemptible() |
| 3160 | || gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 3161 | rela_dyn->add_global(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT, |
| 3162 | this->got_, got_offset, 0); |
| 3163 | else |
| 3164 | rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE, |
| 3165 | this->got_, got_offset, 0, false); |
| 3166 | } |
| 3167 | break; |
| 3168 | case GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET: |
| 3169 | rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64, |
| 3170 | this->got_, got_offset, 0, false); |
| 3171 | break; |
| 3172 | case GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR: |
| 3173 | this->got_->reserve_slot(got_index + 1); |
| 3174 | rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64, |
| 3175 | this->got_, got_offset, 0, false); |
| 3176 | rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64, |
| 3177 | this->got_, got_offset + 8, 0, false); |
| 3178 | break; |
| 3179 | case GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC: |
| 3180 | this->got_->reserve_slot(got_index + 1); |
| 3181 | rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC, |
| 3182 | this->got_, got_offset, 0, false); |
| 3183 | break; |
| 3184 | default: |
| 3185 | gold_unreachable(); |
| 3186 | } |
| 3187 | } |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | // Register an existing PLT entry for a global symbol. |
| 3190 | |
| 3191 | template<int size> |
| 3192 | void |
| 3193 | Target_x86_64<size>::register_global_plt_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 3194 | Layout* layout, |
| 3195 | unsigned int plt_index, |
| 3196 | Symbol* gsym) |
| 3197 | { |
| 3198 | gold_assert(this->plt_ != NULL); |
| 3199 | gold_assert(!gsym->has_plt_offset()); |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | this->plt_->reserve_slot(plt_index); |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 | gsym->set_plt_offset((plt_index + 1) * this->plt_entry_size()); |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | unsigned int got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 8; |
| 3206 | this->plt_->add_relocation(symtab, layout, gsym, got_offset); |
| 3207 | } |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | // Force a COPY relocation for a given symbol. |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | template<int size> |
| 3212 | void |
| 3213 | Target_x86_64<size>::emit_copy_reloc( |
| 3214 | Symbol_table* symtab, Symbol* sym, Output_section* os, off_t offset) |
| 3215 | { |
| 3216 | this->copy_relocs_.emit_copy_reloc(symtab, |
| 3217 | symtab->get_sized_symbol<size>(sym), |
| 3218 | os, |
| 3219 | offset, |
| 3220 | this->rela_dyn_section(NULL)); |
| 3221 | } |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment. |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | template<int size> |
| 3226 | void |
| 3227 | Target_x86_64<size>::define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 3228 | Layout* layout) |
| 3229 | { |
| 3230 | if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_) |
| 3231 | return; |
| 3232 | |
| 3233 | Output_segment* tls_segment = layout->tls_segment(); |
| 3234 | if (tls_segment != NULL) |
| 3235 | { |
| 3236 | bool is_exec = parameters->options().output_is_executable(); |
| 3237 | symtab->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL, |
| 3238 | Symbol_table::PREDEFINED, |
| 3239 | tls_segment, 0, 0, |
| 3240 | elfcpp::STT_TLS, |
| 3241 | elfcpp::STB_LOCAL, |
| 3242 | elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0, |
| 3243 | (is_exec |
| 3244 | ? Symbol::SEGMENT_END |
| 3245 | : Symbol::SEGMENT_START), |
| 3246 | true); |
| 3247 | } |
| 3248 | this->tls_base_symbol_defined_ = true; |
| 3249 | } |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 | // Create the reserved PLT and GOT entries for the TLS descriptor resolver. |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | template<int size> |
| 3254 | void |
| 3255 | Target_x86_64<size>::reserve_tlsdesc_entries(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 3256 | Layout* layout) |
| 3257 | { |
| 3258 | if (this->plt_ == NULL) |
| 3259 | this->make_plt_section(symtab, layout); |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 | if (!this->plt_->has_tlsdesc_entry()) |
| 3262 | { |
| 3263 | // Allocate the TLSDESC_GOT entry. |
| 3264 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got = this->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 3265 | unsigned int got_offset = got->add_constant(0); |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | // Allocate the TLSDESC_PLT entry. |
| 3268 | this->plt_->reserve_tlsdesc_entry(got_offset); |
| 3269 | } |
| 3270 | } |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index. |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 | template<int size> |
| 3275 | unsigned int |
| 3276 | Target_x86_64<size>::got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, |
| 3277 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object) |
| 3278 | { |
| 3279 | if (this->got_mod_index_offset_ == -1U) |
| 3280 | { |
| 3281 | gold_assert(symtab != NULL && layout != NULL && object != NULL); |
| 3282 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn = this->rela_dyn_section(layout); |
| 3283 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got = this->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 3284 | unsigned int got_offset = got->add_constant(0); |
| 3285 | rela_dyn->add_local(object, 0, elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64, got, |
| 3286 | got_offset, 0); |
| 3287 | got->add_constant(0); |
| 3288 | this->got_mod_index_offset_ = got_offset; |
| 3289 | } |
| 3290 | return this->got_mod_index_offset_; |
| 3291 | } |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the |
| 3294 | // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is |
| 3295 | // known at link time. |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | template<int size> |
| 3298 | tls::Tls_optimization |
| 3299 | Target_x86_64<size>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final, int r_type) |
| 3300 | { |
| 3301 | // If we are generating a shared library, then we can't do anything |
| 3302 | // in the linker. |
| 3303 | if (parameters->options().shared()) |
| 3304 | return tls::TLSOPT_NONE; |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | switch (r_type) |
| 3307 | { |
| 3308 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: |
| 3309 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: |
| 3310 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 3311 | // These are General-Dynamic which permits fully general TLS |
| 3312 | // access. Since we know that we are generating an executable, |
| 3313 | // we can convert this to Initial-Exec. If we also know that |
| 3314 | // this is a local symbol, we can further switch to Local-Exec. |
| 3315 | if (is_final) |
| 3316 | return tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE; |
| 3317 | return tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE; |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: |
| 3320 | // This is Local-Dynamic, which refers to a local symbol in the |
| 3321 | // dynamic TLS block. Since we know that we generating an |
| 3322 | // executable, we can switch to Local-Exec. |
| 3323 | return tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE; |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32: |
| 3326 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64: |
| 3327 | // Another Local-Dynamic reloc. |
| 3328 | return tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE; |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: |
| 3331 | // These are Initial-Exec relocs which get the thread offset |
| 3332 | // from the GOT. If we know that we are linking against the |
| 3333 | // local symbol, we can switch to Local-Exec, which links the |
| 3334 | // thread offset into the instruction. |
| 3335 | if (is_final) |
| 3336 | return tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE; |
| 3337 | return tls::TLSOPT_NONE; |
| 3338 | |
| 3339 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: |
| 3340 | // When we already have Local-Exec, there is nothing further we |
| 3341 | // can do. |
| 3342 | return tls::TLSOPT_NONE; |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 | default: |
| 3345 | gold_unreachable(); |
| 3346 | } |
| 3347 | } |
| 3348 | |
| 3349 | // Get the Reference_flags for a particular relocation. |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | template<int size> |
| 3352 | int |
| 3353 | Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type) |
| 3354 | { |
| 3355 | switch (r_type) |
| 3356 | { |
| 3357 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_NONE: |
| 3358 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 3359 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 3360 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32: |
| 3361 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC64: |
| 3362 | // No symbol reference. |
| 3363 | return 0; |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_64: |
| 3366 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32: |
| 3367 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32S: |
| 3368 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_16: |
| 3369 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_8: |
| 3370 | return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF; |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC64: |
| 3373 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32: |
| 3374 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND: |
| 3375 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC16: |
| 3376 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC8: |
| 3377 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTOFF64: |
| 3378 | return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF; |
| 3379 | |
| 3380 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32: |
| 3381 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32_BND: |
| 3382 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLTOFF64: |
| 3383 | return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL | Symbol::RELATIVE_REF; |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT64: |
| 3386 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32: |
| 3387 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64: |
| 3388 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL: |
| 3389 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX: |
| 3390 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX: |
| 3391 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPLT64: |
| 3392 | // Absolute in GOT. |
| 3393 | return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF; |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // Global-dynamic |
| 3396 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: // Global-dynamic (from ~oliva url) |
| 3397 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 3398 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic |
| 3399 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32: |
| 3400 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64: |
| 3401 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec |
| 3402 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec |
| 3403 | return Symbol::TLS_REF; |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_COPY: |
| 3406 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT: |
| 3407 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT: |
| 3408 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE: |
| 3409 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE: |
| 3410 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64: |
| 3411 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64: |
| 3412 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC: |
| 3413 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE32: |
| 3414 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE64: |
| 3415 | default: |
| 3416 | // Not expected. We will give an error later. |
| 3417 | return 0; |
| 3418 | } |
| 3419 | } |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 | // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol. |
| 3422 | |
| 3423 | template<int size> |
| 3424 | void |
| 3425 | Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local( |
| 3426 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 3427 | unsigned int r_type) |
| 3428 | { |
| 3429 | gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"), |
| 3430 | object->name().c_str(), r_type); |
| 3431 | } |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the |
| 3434 | // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker |
| 3435 | // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section. |
| 3436 | // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is |
| 3437 | // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the |
| 3438 | // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an |
| 3439 | // error even if the section is not read-only. If GSYM is not NULL, |
| 3440 | // it is the symbol the relocation is against; if it is NULL, the |
| 3441 | // relocation is against a local symbol. |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | template<int size> |
| 3444 | void |
| 3445 | Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj* object, unsigned int r_type, |
| 3446 | Symbol* gsym) |
| 3447 | { |
| 3448 | switch (r_type) |
| 3449 | { |
| 3450 | // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for x86_64 |
| 3451 | // which should always work. |
| 3452 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE: |
| 3453 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE: |
| 3454 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT: |
| 3455 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT: |
| 3456 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64: |
| 3457 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64: |
| 3458 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64: |
| 3459 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_64: |
| 3460 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_COPY: |
| 3461 | return; |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 | // glibc supports these reloc types, but they can overflow. |
| 3464 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32: |
| 3465 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND: |
| 3466 | // A PC relative reference is OK against a local symbol or if |
| 3467 | // the symbol is defined locally. |
| 3468 | if (gsym == NULL |
| 3469 | || (!gsym->is_from_dynobj() |
| 3470 | && !gsym->is_undefined() |
| 3471 | && !gsym->is_preemptible())) |
| 3472 | return; |
| 3473 | // Fall through. |
| 3474 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32: |
| 3475 | // R_X86_64_32 is OK for x32. |
| 3476 | if (size == 32 && r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_32) |
| 3477 | return; |
| 3478 | if (this->issued_non_pic_error_) |
| 3479 | return; |
| 3480 | gold_assert(parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()); |
| 3481 | if (gsym == NULL) |
| 3482 | object->error(_("requires dynamic R_X86_64_32 reloc which may " |
| 3483 | "overflow at runtime; recompile with -fPIC")); |
| 3484 | else |
| 3485 | { |
| 3486 | const char *r_name; |
| 3487 | switch (r_type) |
| 3488 | { |
| 3489 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32: |
| 3490 | r_name = "R_X86_64_32"; |
| 3491 | break; |
| 3492 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32: |
| 3493 | r_name = "R_X86_64_PC32"; |
| 3494 | break; |
| 3495 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND: |
| 3496 | r_name = "R_X86_64_PC32_BND"; |
| 3497 | break; |
| 3498 | default: |
| 3499 | gold_unreachable(); |
| 3500 | break; |
| 3501 | } |
| 3502 | object->error(_("requires dynamic %s reloc against '%s' " |
| 3503 | "which may overflow at runtime; recompile " |
| 3504 | "with -fPIC"), |
| 3505 | r_name, gsym->name()); |
| 3506 | } |
| 3507 | this->issued_non_pic_error_ = true; |
| 3508 | return; |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 | default: |
| 3511 | // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc |
| 3512 | // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one |
| 3513 | // error per object file. |
| 3514 | if (this->issued_non_pic_error_) |
| 3515 | return; |
| 3516 | gold_assert(parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()); |
| 3517 | object->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %u; " |
| 3518 | "recompile with -fPIC"), |
| 3519 | r_type); |
| 3520 | this->issued_non_pic_error_ = true; |
| 3521 | return; |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_NONE: |
| 3524 | gold_unreachable(); |
| 3525 | } |
| 3526 | } |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 | // Return whether we need to make a PLT entry for a relocation of the |
| 3529 | // given type against a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. |
| 3530 | |
| 3531 | template<int size> |
| 3532 | bool |
| 3533 | Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::reloc_needs_plt_for_ifunc( |
| 3534 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 3535 | unsigned int r_type) |
| 3536 | { |
| 3537 | int flags = Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type); |
| 3538 | if (flags & Symbol::TLS_REF) |
| 3539 | gold_error(_("%s: unsupported TLS reloc %u for IFUNC symbol"), |
| 3540 | object->name().c_str(), r_type); |
| 3541 | return flags != 0; |
| 3542 | } |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | // Scan a relocation for a local symbol. |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 | template<int size> |
| 3547 | inline void |
| 3548 | Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::local(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 3549 | Layout* layout, |
| 3550 | Target_x86_64<size>* target, |
| 3551 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 3552 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 3553 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 3554 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc, |
| 3555 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 3556 | const elfcpp::Sym<size, false>& lsym, |
| 3557 | bool is_discarded) |
| 3558 | { |
| 3559 | if (is_discarded) |
| 3560 | return; |
| 3561 | |
| 3562 | // A local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol may require a PLT entry. |
| 3563 | bool is_ifunc = lsym.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC; |
| 3564 | if (is_ifunc && this->reloc_needs_plt_for_ifunc(object, r_type)) |
| 3565 | { |
| 3566 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info()); |
| 3567 | target->make_local_ifunc_plt_entry(symtab, layout, object, r_sym); |
| 3568 | } |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 | switch (r_type) |
| 3571 | { |
| 3572 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_NONE: |
| 3573 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 3574 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 3575 | break; |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_64: |
| 3578 | // If building a shared library (or a position-independent |
| 3579 | // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for this |
| 3580 | // location. The relocation applied at link time will apply the |
| 3581 | // link-time value, so we flag the location with an |
| 3582 | // R_X86_64_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can |
| 3583 | // relocate it easily. |
| 3584 | if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()) |
| 3585 | { |
| 3586 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info()); |
| 3587 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout); |
| 3588 | rela_dyn->add_local_relative(object, r_sym, |
| 3589 | (size == 32 |
| 3590 | ? elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE64 |
| 3591 | : elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE), |
| 3592 | output_section, data_shndx, |
| 3593 | reloc.get_r_offset(), |
| 3594 | reloc.get_r_addend(), is_ifunc); |
| 3595 | } |
| 3596 | break; |
| 3597 | |
| 3598 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32: |
| 3599 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32S: |
| 3600 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_16: |
| 3601 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_8: |
| 3602 | // If building a shared library (or a position-independent |
| 3603 | // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for this |
| 3604 | // location. We can't use an R_X86_64_RELATIVE relocation |
| 3605 | // because that is always a 64-bit relocation. |
| 3606 | if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()) |
| 3607 | { |
| 3608 | // Use R_X86_64_RELATIVE relocation for R_X86_64_32 under x32. |
| 3609 | if (size == 32 && r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_32) |
| 3610 | { |
| 3611 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info()); |
| 3612 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout); |
| 3613 | rela_dyn->add_local_relative(object, r_sym, |
| 3614 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE, |
| 3615 | output_section, data_shndx, |
| 3616 | reloc.get_r_offset(), |
| 3617 | reloc.get_r_addend(), is_ifunc); |
| 3618 | break; |
| 3619 | } |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 | this->check_non_pic(object, r_type, NULL); |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout); |
| 3624 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info()); |
| 3625 | if (lsym.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION) |
| 3626 | rela_dyn->add_local(object, r_sym, r_type, output_section, |
| 3627 | data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset(), |
| 3628 | reloc.get_r_addend()); |
| 3629 | else |
| 3630 | { |
| 3631 | gold_assert(lsym.get_st_value() == 0); |
| 3632 | unsigned int shndx = lsym.get_st_shndx(); |
| 3633 | bool is_ordinary; |
| 3634 | shndx = object->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym, shndx, |
| 3635 | &is_ordinary); |
| 3636 | if (!is_ordinary) |
| 3637 | object->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"), |
| 3638 | r_sym, shndx); |
| 3639 | else |
| 3640 | rela_dyn->add_local_section(object, shndx, |
| 3641 | r_type, output_section, |
| 3642 | data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset(), |
| 3643 | reloc.get_r_addend()); |
| 3644 | } |
| 3645 | } |
| 3646 | break; |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC64: |
| 3649 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32: |
| 3650 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND: |
| 3651 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC16: |
| 3652 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC8: |
| 3653 | break; |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32: |
| 3656 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32_BND: |
| 3657 | // Since we know this is a local symbol, we can handle this as a |
| 3658 | // PC32 reloc. |
| 3659 | break; |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32: |
| 3662 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTOFF64: |
| 3663 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC64: |
| 3664 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLTOFF64: |
| 3665 | // We need a GOT section. |
| 3666 | target->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 3667 | // For PLTOFF64, we'd normally want a PLT section, but since we |
| 3668 | // know this is a local symbol, no PLT is needed. |
| 3669 | break; |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT64: |
| 3672 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32: |
| 3673 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64: |
| 3674 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL: |
| 3675 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX: |
| 3676 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX: |
| 3677 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPLT64: |
| 3678 | { |
| 3679 | // The symbol requires a GOT section. |
| 3680 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got = target->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 3681 | |
| 3682 | // If the relocation symbol isn't IFUNC, |
| 3683 | // and is local, then we will convert |
| 3684 | // mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg |
| 3685 | // to lea foo(%rip), %reg. |
| 3686 | // in Relocate::relocate. |
| 3687 | if (!parameters->incremental() |
| 3688 | && (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL |
| 3689 | || r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX |
| 3690 | || r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX) |
| 3691 | && reloc.get_r_offset() >= 2 |
| 3692 | && !is_ifunc) |
| 3693 | { |
| 3694 | section_size_type stype; |
| 3695 | const unsigned char* view = object->section_contents(data_shndx, |
| 3696 | &stype, true); |
| 3697 | if (view[reloc.get_r_offset() - 2] == 0x8b) |
| 3698 | break; |
| 3699 | } |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | // The symbol requires a GOT entry. |
| 3702 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info()); |
| 3703 | |
| 3704 | // For a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol we want the PLT offset. That |
| 3705 | // lets function pointers compare correctly with shared |
| 3706 | // libraries. Otherwise we would need an IRELATIVE reloc. |
| 3707 | bool is_new; |
| 3708 | if (is_ifunc) |
| 3709 | is_new = got->add_local_plt(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD); |
| 3710 | else |
| 3711 | is_new = got->add_local(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD); |
| 3712 | if (is_new) |
| 3713 | { |
| 3714 | // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a |
| 3715 | // dynamic relocation for this symbol's GOT entry. |
| 3716 | if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()) |
| 3717 | { |
| 3718 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout); |
| 3719 | // R_X86_64_RELATIVE assumes a 64-bit relocation. |
| 3720 | if (r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32) |
| 3721 | { |
| 3722 | unsigned int got_offset = |
| 3723 | object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD); |
| 3724 | rela_dyn->add_local_relative(object, r_sym, |
| 3725 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE, |
| 3726 | got, got_offset, 0, is_ifunc); |
| 3727 | } |
| 3728 | else |
| 3729 | { |
| 3730 | this->check_non_pic(object, r_type, NULL); |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | gold_assert(lsym.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION); |
| 3733 | rela_dyn->add_local( |
| 3734 | object, r_sym, r_type, got, |
| 3735 | object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD), 0); |
| 3736 | } |
| 3737 | } |
| 3738 | } |
| 3739 | // For GOTPLT64, we'd normally want a PLT section, but since |
| 3740 | // we know this is a local symbol, no PLT is needed. |
| 3741 | } |
| 3742 | break; |
| 3743 | |
| 3744 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_COPY: |
| 3745 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT: |
| 3746 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT: |
| 3747 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE: |
| 3748 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE: |
| 3749 | // These are outstanding tls relocs, which are unexpected when linking |
| 3750 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64: |
| 3751 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64: |
| 3752 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC: |
| 3753 | gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"), |
| 3754 | object->name().c_str(), r_type); |
| 3755 | break; |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 | // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when linking |
| 3758 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // Global-dynamic |
| 3759 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: // Global-dynamic (from ~oliva url) |
| 3760 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 3761 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic |
| 3762 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32: |
| 3763 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64: |
| 3764 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec |
| 3765 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec |
| 3766 | { |
| 3767 | bool output_is_shared = parameters->options().shared(); |
| 3768 | const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type |
| 3769 | = Target_x86_64<size>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared, |
| 3770 | r_type); |
| 3771 | switch (r_type) |
| 3772 | { |
| 3773 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // General-dynamic |
| 3774 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 3775 | { |
| 3776 | // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and |
| 3777 | // dtv-relative offset. |
| 3778 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got |
| 3779 | = target->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 3780 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info()); |
| 3781 | unsigned int shndx = lsym.get_st_shndx(); |
| 3782 | bool is_ordinary; |
| 3783 | shndx = object->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym, shndx, &is_ordinary); |
| 3784 | if (!is_ordinary) |
| 3785 | object->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"), |
| 3786 | r_sym, shndx); |
| 3787 | else |
| 3788 | got->add_local_pair_with_rel(object, r_sym, |
| 3789 | shndx, |
| 3790 | GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR, |
| 3791 | target->rela_dyn_section(layout), |
| 3792 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64); |
| 3793 | } |
| 3794 | else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 3795 | unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type); |
| 3796 | break; |
| 3797 | |
| 3798 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: |
| 3799 | target->define_tls_base_symbol(symtab, layout); |
| 3800 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 3801 | { |
| 3802 | // Create reserved PLT and GOT entries for the resolver. |
| 3803 | target->reserve_tlsdesc_entries(symtab, layout); |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | // Generate a double GOT entry with an |
| 3806 | // R_X86_64_TLSDESC reloc. The R_X86_64_TLSDESC reloc |
| 3807 | // is resolved lazily, so the GOT entry needs to be in |
| 3808 | // an area in .got.plt, not .got. Call got_section to |
| 3809 | // make sure the section has been created. |
| 3810 | target->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 3811 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got = target->got_tlsdesc_section(); |
| 3812 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info()); |
| 3813 | if (!object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC)) |
| 3814 | { |
| 3815 | unsigned int got_offset = got->add_constant(0); |
| 3816 | got->add_constant(0); |
| 3817 | object->set_local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC, |
| 3818 | got_offset); |
| 3819 | Reloc_section* rt = target->rela_tlsdesc_section(layout); |
| 3820 | // We store the arguments we need in a vector, and |
| 3821 | // use the index into the vector as the parameter |
| 3822 | // to pass to the target specific routines. |
| 3823 | uintptr_t intarg = target->add_tlsdesc_info(object, r_sym); |
| 3824 | void* arg = reinterpret_cast<void*>(intarg); |
| 3825 | rt->add_target_specific(elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC, arg, |
| 3826 | got, got_offset, 0); |
| 3827 | } |
| 3828 | } |
| 3829 | else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 3830 | unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type); |
| 3831 | break; |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 3834 | break; |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic |
| 3837 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 3838 | { |
| 3839 | // Create a GOT entry for the module index. |
| 3840 | target->got_mod_index_entry(symtab, layout, object); |
| 3841 | } |
| 3842 | else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 3843 | unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type); |
| 3844 | break; |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32: |
| 3847 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64: |
| 3848 | break; |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec |
| 3851 | layout->set_has_static_tls(); |
| 3852 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 3853 | { |
| 3854 | // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset. |
| 3855 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got |
| 3856 | = target->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 3857 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info()); |
| 3858 | got->add_local_with_rel(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET, |
| 3859 | target->rela_dyn_section(layout), |
| 3860 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64); |
| 3861 | } |
| 3862 | else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 3863 | unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type); |
| 3864 | break; |
| 3865 | |
| 3866 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec |
| 3867 | layout->set_has_static_tls(); |
| 3868 | if (output_is_shared) |
| 3869 | unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type); |
| 3870 | break; |
| 3871 | |
| 3872 | default: |
| 3873 | gold_unreachable(); |
| 3874 | } |
| 3875 | } |
| 3876 | break; |
| 3877 | |
| 3878 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE32: |
| 3879 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE64: |
| 3880 | default: |
| 3881 | gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"), |
| 3882 | object->name().c_str(), r_type); |
| 3883 | break; |
| 3884 | } |
| 3885 | } |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol. |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 | template<int size> |
| 3891 | void |
| 3892 | Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global( |
| 3893 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 3894 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 3895 | Symbol* gsym) |
| 3896 | { |
| 3897 | gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"), |
| 3898 | object->name().c_str(), r_type, gsym->demangled_name().c_str()); |
| 3899 | } |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 | // Returns true if this relocation type could be that of a function pointer. |
| 3902 | template<int size> |
| 3903 | inline bool |
| 3904 | Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::possible_function_pointer_reloc( |
| 3905 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* src_obj, |
| 3906 | unsigned int src_indx, |
| 3907 | unsigned int r_offset, |
| 3908 | unsigned int r_type) |
| 3909 | { |
| 3910 | switch (r_type) |
| 3911 | { |
| 3912 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_64: |
| 3913 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32: |
| 3914 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32S: |
| 3915 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_16: |
| 3916 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_8: |
| 3917 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT64: |
| 3918 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32: |
| 3919 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64: |
| 3920 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL: |
| 3921 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX: |
| 3922 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX: |
| 3923 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPLT64: |
| 3924 | { |
| 3925 | return true; |
| 3926 | } |
| 3927 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32: |
| 3928 | { |
| 3929 | // This relocation may be used both for function calls and |
| 3930 | // for taking address of a function. We distinguish between |
| 3931 | // them by checking the opcodes. |
| 3932 | uint64_t sh_flags = src_obj->section_flags(src_indx); |
| 3933 | bool is_executable = (sh_flags & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0; |
| 3934 | if (is_executable) |
| 3935 | { |
| 3936 | section_size_type stype; |
| 3937 | const unsigned char* view = src_obj->section_contents(src_indx, |
| 3938 | &stype, |
| 3939 | true); |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 | // call |
| 3942 | if (r_offset >= 1 |
| 3943 | && view[r_offset - 1] == 0xe8) |
| 3944 | return false; |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 | // jmp |
| 3947 | if (r_offset >= 1 |
| 3948 | && view[r_offset - 1] == 0xe9) |
| 3949 | return false; |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | // jo/jno/jb/jnb/je/jne/jna/ja/js/jns/jp/jnp/jl/jge/jle/jg |
| 3952 | if (r_offset >= 2 |
| 3953 | && view[r_offset - 2] == 0x0f |
| 3954 | && view[r_offset - 1] >= 0x80 |
| 3955 | && view[r_offset - 1] <= 0x8f) |
| 3956 | return false; |
| 3957 | } |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | // Be conservative and treat all others as function pointers. |
| 3960 | return true; |
| 3961 | } |
| 3962 | } |
| 3963 | return false; |
| 3964 | } |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | // For safe ICF, scan a relocation for a local symbol to check if it |
| 3967 | // corresponds to a function pointer being taken. In that case mark |
| 3968 | // the function whose pointer was taken as not foldable. |
| 3969 | |
| 3970 | template<int size> |
| 3971 | inline bool |
| 3972 | Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer( |
| 3973 | Symbol_table* , |
| 3974 | Layout* , |
| 3975 | Target_x86_64<size>* , |
| 3976 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* src_obj, |
| 3977 | unsigned int src_indx, |
| 3978 | Output_section* , |
| 3979 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc, |
| 3980 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 3981 | const elfcpp::Sym<size, false>&) |
| 3982 | { |
| 3983 | // When building a shared library, do not fold any local symbols as it is |
| 3984 | // not possible to distinguish pointer taken versus a call by looking at |
| 3985 | // the relocation types. |
| 3986 | if (parameters->options().shared()) |
| 3987 | return true; |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | return possible_function_pointer_reloc(src_obj, src_indx, |
| 3990 | reloc.get_r_offset(), r_type); |
| 3991 | } |
| 3992 | |
| 3993 | // For safe ICF, scan a relocation for a global symbol to check if it |
| 3994 | // corresponds to a function pointer being taken. In that case mark |
| 3995 | // the function whose pointer was taken as not foldable. |
| 3996 | |
| 3997 | template<int size> |
| 3998 | inline bool |
| 3999 | Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer( |
| 4000 | Symbol_table*, |
| 4001 | Layout* , |
| 4002 | Target_x86_64<size>* , |
| 4003 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* src_obj, |
| 4004 | unsigned int src_indx, |
| 4005 | Output_section* , |
| 4006 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc, |
| 4007 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 4008 | Symbol* gsym) |
| 4009 | { |
| 4010 | // When building a shared library, do not fold symbols whose visibility |
| 4011 | // is hidden, internal or protected. |
| 4012 | if (parameters->options().shared() |
| 4013 | && (gsym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_INTERNAL |
| 4014 | || gsym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_PROTECTED |
| 4015 | || gsym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN)) |
| 4016 | return true; |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 | return possible_function_pointer_reloc(src_obj, src_indx, |
| 4019 | reloc.get_r_offset(), r_type); |
| 4020 | } |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 | // Scan a relocation for a global symbol. |
| 4023 | |
| 4024 | template<int size> |
| 4025 | inline void |
| 4026 | Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::global(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 4027 | Layout* layout, |
| 4028 | Target_x86_64<size>* target, |
| 4029 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 4030 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 4031 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 4032 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc, |
| 4033 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 4034 | Symbol* gsym) |
| 4035 | { |
| 4036 | // A STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol may require a PLT entry. |
| 4037 | if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 4038 | && this->reloc_needs_plt_for_ifunc(object, r_type)) |
| 4039 | target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym); |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 | switch (r_type) |
| 4042 | { |
| 4043 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_NONE: |
| 4044 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 4045 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 4046 | break; |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_64: |
| 4049 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32: |
| 4050 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32S: |
| 4051 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_16: |
| 4052 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_8: |
| 4053 | { |
| 4054 | // Make a PLT entry if necessary. |
| 4055 | if (gsym->needs_plt_entry()) |
| 4056 | { |
| 4057 | target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym); |
| 4058 | // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be |
| 4059 | // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to |
| 4060 | // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of |
| 4061 | // the PLT entry. |
| 4062 | if (gsym->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters->options().shared()) |
| 4063 | gsym->set_needs_dynsym_value(); |
| 4064 | } |
| 4065 | // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary. |
| 4066 | if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type))) |
| 4067 | { |
| 4068 | if (!parameters->options().output_is_position_independent() |
| 4069 | && gsym->may_need_copy_reloc()) |
| 4070 | { |
| 4071 | target->copy_reloc(symtab, layout, object, |
| 4072 | data_shndx, output_section, gsym, reloc); |
| 4073 | } |
| 4074 | else if (((size == 64 && r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_64) |
| 4075 | || (size == 32 && r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_32)) |
| 4076 | && gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 4077 | && gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false) |
| 4078 | && !gsym->is_from_dynobj() |
| 4079 | && !gsym->is_undefined() |
| 4080 | && !gsym->is_preemptible()) |
| 4081 | { |
| 4082 | // Use an IRELATIVE reloc for a locally defined |
| 4083 | // STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. This makes a function |
| 4084 | // address in a PIE executable match the address in a |
| 4085 | // shared library that it links against. |
| 4086 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn = |
| 4087 | target->rela_irelative_section(layout); |
| 4088 | unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE; |
| 4089 | rela_dyn->add_symbolless_global_addend(gsym, r_type, |
| 4090 | output_section, object, |
| 4091 | data_shndx, |
| 4092 | reloc.get_r_offset(), |
| 4093 | reloc.get_r_addend()); |
| 4094 | } |
| 4095 | else if (((size == 64 && r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_64) |
| 4096 | || (size == 32 && r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_32)) |
| 4097 | && gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false)) |
| 4098 | { |
| 4099 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout); |
| 4100 | rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE, |
| 4101 | output_section, object, |
| 4102 | data_shndx, |
| 4103 | reloc.get_r_offset(), |
| 4104 | reloc.get_r_addend(), false); |
| 4105 | } |
| 4106 | else |
| 4107 | { |
| 4108 | this->check_non_pic(object, r_type, gsym); |
| 4109 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout); |
| 4110 | rela_dyn->add_global(gsym, r_type, output_section, object, |
| 4111 | data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset(), |
| 4112 | reloc.get_r_addend()); |
| 4113 | } |
| 4114 | } |
| 4115 | } |
| 4116 | break; |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC64: |
| 4119 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32: |
| 4120 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND: |
| 4121 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC16: |
| 4122 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC8: |
| 4123 | { |
| 4124 | // Make a PLT entry if necessary. |
| 4125 | if (gsym->needs_plt_entry()) |
| 4126 | target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym); |
| 4127 | // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary. |
| 4128 | if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type))) |
| 4129 | { |
| 4130 | if (parameters->options().output_is_executable() |
| 4131 | && gsym->may_need_copy_reloc()) |
| 4132 | { |
| 4133 | target->copy_reloc(symtab, layout, object, |
| 4134 | data_shndx, output_section, gsym, reloc); |
| 4135 | } |
| 4136 | else |
| 4137 | { |
| 4138 | this->check_non_pic(object, r_type, gsym); |
| 4139 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout); |
| 4140 | rela_dyn->add_global(gsym, r_type, output_section, object, |
| 4141 | data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset(), |
| 4142 | reloc.get_r_addend()); |
| 4143 | } |
| 4144 | } |
| 4145 | } |
| 4146 | break; |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT64: |
| 4149 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32: |
| 4150 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64: |
| 4151 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL: |
| 4152 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX: |
| 4153 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX: |
| 4154 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPLT64: |
| 4155 | { |
| 4156 | // The symbol requires a GOT entry. |
| 4157 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got = target->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | // If we convert this from |
| 4160 | // mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg |
| 4161 | // to lea foo(%rip), %reg. |
| 4162 | // OR |
| 4163 | // if we convert |
| 4164 | // (callq|jmpq) *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to |
| 4165 | // (callq|jmpq) foo |
| 4166 | // in Relocate::relocate, then there is nothing to do here. |
| 4167 | // We cannot make these optimizations in incremental linking mode, |
| 4168 | // because we look at the opcode to decide whether or not to make |
| 4169 | // change, and during an incremental update, the change may have |
| 4170 | // already been applied. |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | Lazy_view<size> view(object, data_shndx); |
| 4173 | size_t r_offset = reloc.get_r_offset(); |
| 4174 | if (!parameters->incremental() |
| 4175 | && r_offset >= 2 |
| 4176 | && Target_x86_64<size>::can_convert_mov_to_lea(gsym, r_type, |
| 4177 | r_offset, &view)) |
| 4178 | break; |
| 4179 | |
| 4180 | if (!parameters->incremental() |
| 4181 | && r_offset >= 2 |
| 4182 | && Target_x86_64<size>::can_convert_callq_to_direct(gsym, r_type, |
| 4183 | r_offset, |
| 4184 | &view)) |
| 4185 | break; |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | if (gsym->final_value_is_known()) |
| 4188 | { |
| 4189 | // For a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol we want the PLT address. |
| 4190 | if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 4191 | got->add_global_plt(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD); |
| 4192 | else |
| 4193 | got->add_global(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD); |
| 4194 | } |
| 4195 | else |
| 4196 | { |
| 4197 | // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a |
| 4198 | // dynamic relocation for it. |
| 4199 | Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout); |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | // Use a GLOB_DAT rather than a RELATIVE reloc if: |
| 4202 | // |
| 4203 | // 1) The symbol may be defined in some other module. |
| 4204 | // |
| 4205 | // 2) We are building a shared library and this is a |
| 4206 | // protected symbol; using GLOB_DAT means that the dynamic |
| 4207 | // linker can use the address of the PLT in the main |
| 4208 | // executable when appropriate so that function address |
| 4209 | // comparisons work. |
| 4210 | // |
| 4211 | // 3) This is a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol in position dependent |
| 4212 | // code, again so that function address comparisons work. |
| 4213 | if (gsym->is_from_dynobj() |
| 4214 | || gsym->is_undefined() |
| 4215 | || gsym->is_preemptible() |
| 4216 | || (gsym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_PROTECTED |
| 4217 | && parameters->options().shared()) |
| 4218 | || (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 4219 | && parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())) |
| 4220 | got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD, rela_dyn, |
| 4221 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT); |
| 4222 | else |
| 4223 | { |
| 4224 | // For a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol we want to write the PLT |
| 4225 | // offset into the GOT, so that function pointer |
| 4226 | // comparisons work correctly. |
| 4227 | bool is_new; |
| 4228 | if (gsym->type() != elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 4229 | is_new = got->add_global(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD); |
| 4230 | else |
| 4231 | { |
| 4232 | is_new = got->add_global_plt(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD); |
| 4233 | // Tell the dynamic linker to use the PLT address |
| 4234 | // when resolving relocations. |
| 4235 | if (gsym->is_from_dynobj() |
| 4236 | && !parameters->options().shared()) |
| 4237 | gsym->set_needs_dynsym_value(); |
| 4238 | } |
| 4239 | if (is_new) |
| 4240 | { |
| 4241 | unsigned int got_off = gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD); |
| 4242 | rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, |
| 4243 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE, |
| 4244 | got, got_off, 0, false); |
| 4245 | } |
| 4246 | } |
| 4247 | } |
| 4248 | } |
| 4249 | break; |
| 4250 | |
| 4251 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32: |
| 4252 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32_BND: |
| 4253 | // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a PC32 reloc. |
| 4254 | // Otherwise we need a PLT entry. |
| 4255 | if (gsym->final_value_is_known()) |
| 4256 | break; |
| 4257 | // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry |
| 4258 | // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected |
| 4259 | // or hidden. |
| 4260 | if (gsym->is_defined() |
| 4261 | && !gsym->is_from_dynobj() |
| 4262 | && !gsym->is_preemptible()) |
| 4263 | break; |
| 4264 | target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym); |
| 4265 | break; |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32: |
| 4268 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTOFF64: |
| 4269 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC64: |
| 4270 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLTOFF64: |
| 4271 | // We need a GOT section. |
| 4272 | target->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 4273 | // For PLTOFF64, we also need a PLT entry (but only if the |
| 4274 | // symbol is not fully resolved). |
| 4275 | if (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLTOFF64 |
| 4276 | && !gsym->final_value_is_known()) |
| 4277 | target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym); |
| 4278 | break; |
| 4279 | |
| 4280 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_COPY: |
| 4281 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT: |
| 4282 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT: |
| 4283 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE: |
| 4284 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE: |
| 4285 | // These are outstanding tls relocs, which are unexpected when linking |
| 4286 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64: |
| 4287 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64: |
| 4288 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC: |
| 4289 | gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"), |
| 4290 | object->name().c_str(), r_type); |
| 4291 | break; |
| 4292 | |
| 4293 | // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected for global() |
| 4294 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // Global-dynamic |
| 4295 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: // Global-dynamic (from ~oliva url) |
| 4296 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 4297 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic |
| 4298 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32: |
| 4299 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64: |
| 4300 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec |
| 4301 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec |
| 4302 | { |
| 4303 | // For the Initial-Exec model, we can treat undef symbols as final |
| 4304 | // when building an executable. |
| 4305 | const bool is_final = (gsym->final_value_is_known() || |
| 4306 | (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF && |
| 4307 | gsym->is_undefined() && |
| 4308 | parameters->options().output_is_executable())); |
| 4309 | const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type |
| 4310 | = Target_x86_64<size>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final, r_type); |
| 4311 | switch (r_type) |
| 4312 | { |
| 4313 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // General-dynamic |
| 4314 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 4315 | { |
| 4316 | // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and |
| 4317 | // dtv-relative offset. |
| 4318 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got |
| 4319 | = target->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 4320 | got->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR, |
| 4321 | target->rela_dyn_section(layout), |
| 4322 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64, |
| 4323 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64); |
| 4324 | } |
| 4325 | else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE) |
| 4326 | { |
| 4327 | // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset. |
| 4328 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got |
| 4329 | = target->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 4330 | got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET, |
| 4331 | target->rela_dyn_section(layout), |
| 4332 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64); |
| 4333 | } |
| 4334 | else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 4335 | unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym); |
| 4336 | break; |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: |
| 4339 | target->define_tls_base_symbol(symtab, layout); |
| 4340 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 4341 | { |
| 4342 | // Create reserved PLT and GOT entries for the resolver. |
| 4343 | target->reserve_tlsdesc_entries(symtab, layout); |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 | // Create a double GOT entry with an R_X86_64_TLSDESC |
| 4346 | // reloc. The R_X86_64_TLSDESC reloc is resolved |
| 4347 | // lazily, so the GOT entry needs to be in an area in |
| 4348 | // .got.plt, not .got. Call got_section to make sure |
| 4349 | // the section has been created. |
| 4350 | target->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 4351 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got = target->got_tlsdesc_section(); |
| 4352 | Reloc_section* rt = target->rela_tlsdesc_section(layout); |
| 4353 | got->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC, rt, |
| 4354 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC, 0); |
| 4355 | } |
| 4356 | else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE) |
| 4357 | { |
| 4358 | // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset. |
| 4359 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got |
| 4360 | = target->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 4361 | got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET, |
| 4362 | target->rela_dyn_section(layout), |
| 4363 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64); |
| 4364 | } |
| 4365 | else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 4366 | unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym); |
| 4367 | break; |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 4370 | break; |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic |
| 4373 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 4374 | { |
| 4375 | // Create a GOT entry for the module index. |
| 4376 | target->got_mod_index_entry(symtab, layout, object); |
| 4377 | } |
| 4378 | else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 4379 | unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym); |
| 4380 | break; |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32: |
| 4383 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64: |
| 4384 | break; |
| 4385 | |
| 4386 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec |
| 4387 | layout->set_has_static_tls(); |
| 4388 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 4389 | { |
| 4390 | // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset. |
| 4391 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got |
| 4392 | = target->got_section(symtab, layout); |
| 4393 | got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET, |
| 4394 | target->rela_dyn_section(layout), |
| 4395 | elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64); |
| 4396 | } |
| 4397 | else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 4398 | unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym); |
| 4399 | break; |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec |
| 4402 | layout->set_has_static_tls(); |
| 4403 | if (parameters->options().shared()) |
| 4404 | unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym); |
| 4405 | break; |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | default: |
| 4408 | gold_unreachable(); |
| 4409 | } |
| 4410 | } |
| 4411 | break; |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE32: |
| 4414 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE64: |
| 4415 | default: |
| 4416 | gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"), |
| 4417 | object->name().c_str(), r_type, |
| 4418 | gsym->demangled_name().c_str()); |
| 4419 | break; |
| 4420 | } |
| 4421 | } |
| 4422 | |
| 4423 | template<int size> |
| 4424 | void |
| 4425 | Target_x86_64<size>::gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 4426 | Layout* layout, |
| 4427 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 4428 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 4429 | unsigned int sh_type, |
| 4430 | const unsigned char* prelocs, |
| 4431 | size_t reloc_count, |
| 4432 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 4433 | bool needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 4434 | size_t local_symbol_count, |
| 4435 | const unsigned char* plocal_symbols) |
| 4436 | { |
| 4437 | typedef gold::Default_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false> |
| 4438 | Classify_reloc; |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 | if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL) |
| 4441 | { |
| 4442 | return; |
| 4443 | } |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 | gold::gc_process_relocs<size, false, Target_x86_64<size>, Scan, |
| 4446 | Classify_reloc>( |
| 4447 | symtab, |
| 4448 | layout, |
| 4449 | this, |
| 4450 | object, |
| 4451 | data_shndx, |
| 4452 | prelocs, |
| 4453 | reloc_count, |
| 4454 | output_section, |
| 4455 | needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 4456 | local_symbol_count, |
| 4457 | plocal_symbols); |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 | } |
| 4460 | // Scan relocations for a section. |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | template<int size> |
| 4463 | void |
| 4464 | Target_x86_64<size>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 4465 | Layout* layout, |
| 4466 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 4467 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 4468 | unsigned int sh_type, |
| 4469 | const unsigned char* prelocs, |
| 4470 | size_t reloc_count, |
| 4471 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 4472 | bool needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 4473 | size_t local_symbol_count, |
| 4474 | const unsigned char* plocal_symbols) |
| 4475 | { |
| 4476 | typedef gold::Default_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false> |
| 4477 | Classify_reloc; |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL) |
| 4480 | { |
| 4481 | gold_error(_("%s: unsupported REL reloc section"), |
| 4482 | object->name().c_str()); |
| 4483 | return; |
| 4484 | } |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 | gold::scan_relocs<size, false, Target_x86_64<size>, Scan, Classify_reloc>( |
| 4487 | symtab, |
| 4488 | layout, |
| 4489 | this, |
| 4490 | object, |
| 4491 | data_shndx, |
| 4492 | prelocs, |
| 4493 | reloc_count, |
| 4494 | output_section, |
| 4495 | needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 4496 | local_symbol_count, |
| 4497 | plocal_symbols); |
| 4498 | } |
| 4499 | |
| 4500 | // Finalize the sections. |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 | template<int size> |
| 4503 | void |
| 4504 | Target_x86_64<size>::do_finalize_sections( |
| 4505 | Layout* layout, |
| 4506 | const Input_objects*, |
| 4507 | Symbol_table* symtab) |
| 4508 | { |
| 4509 | const Reloc_section* rel_plt = (this->plt_ == NULL |
| 4510 | ? NULL |
| 4511 | : this->plt_->rela_plt()); |
| 4512 | layout->add_target_dynamic_tags(false, this->got_plt_, rel_plt, |
| 4513 | this->rela_dyn_, true, false); |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | // Fill in some more dynamic tags. |
| 4516 | Output_data_dynamic* const odyn = layout->dynamic_data(); |
| 4517 | if (odyn != NULL) |
| 4518 | { |
| 4519 | if (this->plt_ != NULL |
| 4520 | && this->plt_->output_section() != NULL |
| 4521 | && this->plt_->has_tlsdesc_entry()) |
| 4522 | { |
| 4523 | unsigned int plt_offset = this->plt_->get_tlsdesc_plt_offset(); |
| 4524 | unsigned int got_offset = this->plt_->get_tlsdesc_got_offset(); |
| 4525 | this->got_->finalize_data_size(); |
| 4526 | odyn->add_section_plus_offset(elfcpp::DT_TLSDESC_PLT, |
| 4527 | this->plt_, plt_offset); |
| 4528 | odyn->add_section_plus_offset(elfcpp::DT_TLSDESC_GOT, |
| 4529 | this->got_, got_offset); |
| 4530 | } |
| 4531 | } |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 | // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY |
| 4534 | // relocs. |
| 4535 | if (this->copy_relocs_.any_saved_relocs()) |
| 4536 | this->copy_relocs_.emit(this->rela_dyn_section(layout)); |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 | // Set the size of the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the size of |
| 4539 | // the .got.plt section. |
| 4540 | Symbol* sym = this->global_offset_table_; |
| 4541 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 4542 | { |
| 4543 | uint64_t data_size = this->got_plt_->current_data_size(); |
| 4544 | symtab->get_sized_symbol<size>(sym)->set_symsize(data_size); |
| 4545 | } |
| 4546 | |
| 4547 | if (parameters->doing_static_link() |
| 4548 | && (this->plt_ == NULL || !this->plt_->has_irelative_section())) |
| 4549 | { |
| 4550 | // If linking statically, make sure that the __rela_iplt symbols |
| 4551 | // were defined if necessary, even if we didn't create a PLT. |
| 4552 | static const Define_symbol_in_segment syms[] = |
| 4553 | { |
| 4554 | { |
| 4555 | "__rela_iplt_start", // name |
| 4556 | elfcpp::PT_LOAD, // segment_type |
| 4557 | elfcpp::PF_W, // segment_flags_set |
| 4558 | elfcpp::PF(0), // segment_flags_clear |
| 4559 | 0, // value |
| 4560 | 0, // size |
| 4561 | elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE, // type |
| 4562 | elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, // binding |
| 4563 | elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, // visibility |
| 4564 | 0, // nonvis |
| 4565 | Symbol::SEGMENT_START, // offset_from_base |
| 4566 | true // only_if_ref |
| 4567 | }, |
| 4568 | { |
| 4569 | "__rela_iplt_end", // name |
| 4570 | elfcpp::PT_LOAD, // segment_type |
| 4571 | elfcpp::PF_W, // segment_flags_set |
| 4572 | elfcpp::PF(0), // segment_flags_clear |
| 4573 | 0, // value |
| 4574 | 0, // size |
| 4575 | elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE, // type |
| 4576 | elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, // binding |
| 4577 | elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, // visibility |
| 4578 | 0, // nonvis |
| 4579 | Symbol::SEGMENT_START, // offset_from_base |
| 4580 | true // only_if_ref |
| 4581 | } |
| 4582 | }; |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | symtab->define_symbols(layout, 2, syms, |
| 4585 | layout->script_options()->saw_sections_clause()); |
| 4586 | } |
| 4587 | } |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 | // For x32, we need to handle PC-relative relocations using full 64-bit |
| 4590 | // arithmetic, so that we can detect relocation overflows properly. |
| 4591 | // This class overrides the pcrela32_check methods from the defaults in |
| 4592 | // Relocate_functions in reloc.h. |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | template<int size> |
| 4595 | class X86_64_relocate_functions : public Relocate_functions<size, false> |
| 4596 | { |
| 4597 | public: |
| 4598 | typedef Relocate_functions<size, false> Base; |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 | // Do a simple PC relative relocation with the addend in the |
| 4601 | // relocation. |
| 4602 | static inline typename Base::Reloc_status |
| 4603 | pcrela32_check(unsigned char* view, |
| 4604 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr value, |
| 4605 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Swxword addend, |
| 4606 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr address) |
| 4607 | { |
| 4608 | typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::Valtype Valtype; |
| 4609 | Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view); |
| 4610 | value = value + addend - address; |
| 4611 | elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(wv, value); |
| 4612 | return (Bits<32>::has_overflow(value) |
| 4613 | ? Base::RELOC_OVERFLOW : Base::RELOC_OK); |
| 4614 | } |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 | // Do a simple PC relative relocation with a Symbol_value with the |
| 4617 | // addend in the relocation. |
| 4618 | static inline typename Base::Reloc_status |
| 4619 | pcrela32_check(unsigned char* view, |
| 4620 | const Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 4621 | const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, |
| 4622 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Swxword addend, |
| 4623 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr address) |
| 4624 | { |
| 4625 | typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::Valtype Valtype; |
| 4626 | Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view); |
| 4627 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr value; |
| 4628 | if (addend >= 0) |
| 4629 | value = psymval->value(object, addend); |
| 4630 | else |
| 4631 | { |
| 4632 | // For negative addends, get the symbol value without |
| 4633 | // the addend, then add the addend using 64-bit arithmetic. |
| 4634 | value = psymval->value(object, 0); |
| 4635 | value += addend; |
| 4636 | } |
| 4637 | value -= address; |
| 4638 | elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(wv, value); |
| 4639 | return (Bits<32>::has_overflow(value) |
| 4640 | ? Base::RELOC_OVERFLOW : Base::RELOC_OK); |
| 4641 | } |
| 4642 | }; |
| 4643 | |
| 4644 | // Perform a relocation. |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | template<int size> |
| 4647 | inline bool |
| 4648 | Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::relocate( |
| 4649 | const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo, |
| 4650 | unsigned int, |
| 4651 | Target_x86_64<size>* target, |
| 4652 | Output_section*, |
| 4653 | size_t relnum, |
| 4654 | const unsigned char* preloc, |
| 4655 | const Sized_symbol<size>* gsym, |
| 4656 | const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, |
| 4657 | unsigned char* view, |
| 4658 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address, |
| 4659 | section_size_type view_size) |
| 4660 | { |
| 4661 | typedef X86_64_relocate_functions<size> Reloc_funcs; |
| 4662 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false> rela(preloc); |
| 4663 | unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<size>(rela.get_r_info()); |
| 4664 | |
| 4665 | if (this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_) |
| 4666 | { |
| 4667 | if ((r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32 |
| 4668 | && r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL |
| 4669 | && r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX |
| 4670 | && r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32_BND |
| 4671 | && r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND |
| 4672 | && r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32) |
| 4673 | || gsym == NULL |
| 4674 | || strcmp(gsym->name(), "__tls_get_addr") != 0) |
| 4675 | { |
| 4676 | gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 4677 | _("missing expected TLS relocation")); |
| 4678 | this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_ = false; |
| 4679 | } |
| 4680 | else |
| 4681 | { |
| 4682 | this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_ = false; |
| 4683 | return false; |
| 4684 | } |
| 4685 | } |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 | if (view == NULL) |
| 4688 | return true; |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 | const Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object = relinfo->object; |
| 4691 | |
| 4692 | // Pick the value to use for symbols defined in the PLT. |
| 4693 | Symbol_value<size> symval; |
| 4694 | if (gsym != NULL |
| 4695 | && gsym->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type))) |
| 4696 | { |
| 4697 | symval.set_output_value(target->plt_address_for_global(gsym)); |
| 4698 | psymval = &symval; |
| 4699 | } |
| 4700 | else if (gsym == NULL && psymval->is_ifunc_symbol()) |
| 4701 | { |
| 4702 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info()); |
| 4703 | if (object->local_has_plt_offset(r_sym)) |
| 4704 | { |
| 4705 | symval.set_output_value(target->plt_address_for_local(object, r_sym)); |
| 4706 | psymval = &symval; |
| 4707 | } |
| 4708 | } |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 | const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend = rela.get_r_addend(); |
| 4711 | |
| 4712 | // Get the GOT offset if needed. |
| 4713 | // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section. |
| 4714 | // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get |
| 4715 | // the actual offset to use in the relocation. |
| 4716 | bool have_got_offset = false; |
| 4717 | // Since the actual offset is always negative, we use signed int to |
| 4718 | // support 64-bit GOT relocations. |
| 4719 | int got_offset = 0; |
| 4720 | switch (r_type) |
| 4721 | { |
| 4722 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32: |
| 4723 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT64: |
| 4724 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPLT64: |
| 4725 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64: |
| 4726 | if (gsym != NULL) |
| 4727 | { |
| 4728 | gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)); |
| 4729 | got_offset = gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD) - target->got_size(); |
| 4730 | } |
| 4731 | else |
| 4732 | { |
| 4733 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info()); |
| 4734 | gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)); |
| 4735 | got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD) |
| 4736 | - target->got_size()); |
| 4737 | } |
| 4738 | have_got_offset = true; |
| 4739 | break; |
| 4740 | |
| 4741 | default: |
| 4742 | break; |
| 4743 | } |
| 4744 | |
| 4745 | typename Reloc_funcs::Reloc_status rstatus = Reloc_funcs::RELOC_OK; |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 | switch (r_type) |
| 4748 | { |
| 4749 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_NONE: |
| 4750 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 4751 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 4752 | break; |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_64: |
| 4755 | Reloc_funcs::rela64(view, object, psymval, addend); |
| 4756 | break; |
| 4757 | |
| 4758 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC64: |
| 4759 | Reloc_funcs::pcrela64(view, object, psymval, addend, |
| 4760 | address); |
| 4761 | break; |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32: |
| 4764 | rstatus = Reloc_funcs::rela32_check(view, object, psymval, addend, |
| 4765 | Reloc_funcs::CHECK_UNSIGNED); |
| 4766 | break; |
| 4767 | |
| 4768 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32S: |
| 4769 | rstatus = Reloc_funcs::rela32_check(view, object, psymval, addend, |
| 4770 | Reloc_funcs::CHECK_SIGNED); |
| 4771 | break; |
| 4772 | |
| 4773 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32: |
| 4774 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND: |
| 4775 | rstatus = Reloc_funcs::pcrela32_check(view, object, psymval, addend, |
| 4776 | address); |
| 4777 | break; |
| 4778 | |
| 4779 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_16: |
| 4780 | Reloc_funcs::rela16(view, object, psymval, addend); |
| 4781 | break; |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC16: |
| 4784 | Reloc_funcs::pcrela16(view, object, psymval, addend, address); |
| 4785 | break; |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_8: |
| 4788 | Reloc_funcs::rela8(view, object, psymval, addend); |
| 4789 | break; |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC8: |
| 4792 | Reloc_funcs::pcrela8(view, object, psymval, addend, address); |
| 4793 | break; |
| 4794 | |
| 4795 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32: |
| 4796 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32_BND: |
| 4797 | gold_assert(gsym == NULL |
| 4798 | || gsym->has_plt_offset() |
| 4799 | || gsym->final_value_is_known() |
| 4800 | || (gsym->is_defined() |
| 4801 | && !gsym->is_from_dynobj() |
| 4802 | && !gsym->is_preemptible())); |
| 4803 | // Note: while this code looks the same as for R_X86_64_PC32, it |
| 4804 | // behaves differently because psymval was set to point to |
| 4805 | // the PLT entry, rather than the symbol, in Scan::global(). |
| 4806 | rstatus = Reloc_funcs::pcrela32_check(view, object, psymval, addend, |
| 4807 | address); |
| 4808 | break; |
| 4809 | |
| 4810 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLTOFF64: |
| 4811 | { |
| 4812 | gold_assert(gsym); |
| 4813 | gold_assert(gsym->has_plt_offset() |
| 4814 | || gsym->final_value_is_known()); |
| 4815 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address; |
| 4816 | // This is the address of GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE. |
| 4817 | got_address = target->got_plt_section()->address(); |
| 4818 | Reloc_funcs::rela64(view, object, psymval, addend - got_address); |
| 4819 | } |
| 4820 | break; |
| 4821 | |
| 4822 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32: |
| 4823 | gold_assert(have_got_offset); |
| 4824 | Reloc_funcs::rela32(view, got_offset, addend); |
| 4825 | break; |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32: |
| 4828 | { |
| 4829 | gold_assert(gsym); |
| 4830 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value; |
| 4831 | value = target->got_plt_section()->address(); |
| 4832 | Reloc_funcs::pcrela32_check(view, value, addend, address); |
| 4833 | } |
| 4834 | break; |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT64: |
| 4837 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPLT64: |
| 4838 | // R_X86_64_GOTPLT64 is obsolete and treated the same as |
| 4839 | // GOT64. |
| 4840 | gold_assert(have_got_offset); |
| 4841 | Reloc_funcs::rela64(view, got_offset, addend); |
| 4842 | break; |
| 4843 | |
| 4844 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC64: |
| 4845 | { |
| 4846 | gold_assert(gsym); |
| 4847 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value; |
| 4848 | value = target->got_plt_section()->address(); |
| 4849 | Reloc_funcs::pcrela64(view, value, addend, address); |
| 4850 | } |
| 4851 | break; |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTOFF64: |
| 4854 | { |
| 4855 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr reladdr; |
| 4856 | reladdr = target->got_plt_section()->address(); |
| 4857 | Reloc_funcs::pcrela64(view, object, psymval, addend, reladdr); |
| 4858 | } |
| 4859 | break; |
| 4860 | |
| 4861 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL: |
| 4862 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX: |
| 4863 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX: |
| 4864 | { |
| 4865 | // Convert |
| 4866 | // mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg |
| 4867 | // to lea foo(%rip), %reg. |
| 4868 | // if possible. |
| 4869 | if (!parameters->incremental() |
| 4870 | && ((gsym == NULL |
| 4871 | && rela.get_r_offset() >= 2 |
| 4872 | && view[-2] == 0x8b |
| 4873 | && !psymval->is_ifunc_symbol()) |
| 4874 | || (gsym != NULL |
| 4875 | && rela.get_r_offset() >= 2 |
| 4876 | && Target_x86_64<size>::can_convert_mov_to_lea(gsym, r_type, |
| 4877 | 0, &view)))) |
| 4878 | { |
| 4879 | view[-2] = 0x8d; |
| 4880 | Reloc_funcs::pcrela32(view, object, psymval, addend, address); |
| 4881 | } |
| 4882 | // Convert |
| 4883 | // callq *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to |
| 4884 | // addr32 callq foo |
| 4885 | // and jmpq *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to |
| 4886 | // jmpq foo |
| 4887 | // nop |
| 4888 | else if (!parameters->incremental() |
| 4889 | && gsym != NULL |
| 4890 | && rela.get_r_offset() >= 2 |
| 4891 | && Target_x86_64<size>::can_convert_callq_to_direct(gsym, |
| 4892 | r_type, |
| 4893 | 0, &view)) |
| 4894 | { |
| 4895 | if (view[-1] == 0x15) |
| 4896 | { |
| 4897 | // Convert callq *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to addr32 callq. |
| 4898 | // Opcode of addr32 is 0x67 and opcode of direct callq is 0xe8. |
| 4899 | view[-2] = 0x67; |
| 4900 | view[-1] = 0xe8; |
| 4901 | // Convert GOTPCRELX to 32-bit pc relative reloc. |
| 4902 | Reloc_funcs::pcrela32(view, object, psymval, addend, address); |
| 4903 | } |
| 4904 | else |
| 4905 | { |
| 4906 | // Convert jmpq *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to |
| 4907 | // jmpq foo |
| 4908 | // nop |
| 4909 | // The opcode of direct jmpq is 0xe9. |
| 4910 | view[-2] = 0xe9; |
| 4911 | // The opcode of nop is 0x90. |
| 4912 | view[3] = 0x90; |
| 4913 | // Convert GOTPCRELX to 32-bit pc relative reloc. jmpq is rip |
| 4914 | // relative and since the instruction following the jmpq is now |
| 4915 | // the nop, offset the address by 1 byte. The start of the |
| 4916 | // relocation also moves ahead by 1 byte. |
| 4917 | Reloc_funcs::pcrela32(&view[-1], object, psymval, addend, |
| 4918 | address - 1); |
| 4919 | } |
| 4920 | } |
| 4921 | else |
| 4922 | { |
| 4923 | if (gsym != NULL) |
| 4924 | { |
| 4925 | gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)); |
| 4926 | got_offset = (gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD) |
| 4927 | - target->got_size()); |
| 4928 | } |
| 4929 | else |
| 4930 | { |
| 4931 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info()); |
| 4932 | gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, |
| 4933 | GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)); |
| 4934 | got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD) |
| 4935 | - target->got_size()); |
| 4936 | } |
| 4937 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value; |
| 4938 | value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset; |
| 4939 | Reloc_funcs::pcrela32_check(view, value, addend, address); |
| 4940 | } |
| 4941 | } |
| 4942 | break; |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64: |
| 4945 | { |
| 4946 | gold_assert(have_got_offset); |
| 4947 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value; |
| 4948 | value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset; |
| 4949 | Reloc_funcs::pcrela64(view, value, addend, address); |
| 4950 | } |
| 4951 | break; |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_COPY: |
| 4954 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT: |
| 4955 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT: |
| 4956 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE: |
| 4957 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE: |
| 4958 | // These are outstanding tls relocs, which are unexpected when linking |
| 4959 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64: |
| 4960 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64: |
| 4961 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC: |
| 4962 | gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 4963 | _("unexpected reloc %u in object file"), |
| 4964 | r_type); |
| 4965 | break; |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 | // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when linking |
| 4968 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // Global-dynamic |
| 4969 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: // Global-dynamic (from ~oliva url) |
| 4970 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 4971 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic |
| 4972 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32: |
| 4973 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64: |
| 4974 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec |
| 4975 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec |
| 4976 | this->relocate_tls(relinfo, target, relnum, rela, r_type, gsym, psymval, |
| 4977 | view, address, view_size); |
| 4978 | break; |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE32: |
| 4981 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE64: |
| 4982 | default: |
| 4983 | gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 4984 | _("unsupported reloc %u"), |
| 4985 | r_type); |
| 4986 | break; |
| 4987 | } |
| 4988 | |
| 4989 | if (rstatus == Reloc_funcs::RELOC_OVERFLOW) |
| 4990 | { |
| 4991 | if (gsym == NULL) |
| 4992 | { |
| 4993 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info()); |
| 4994 | gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 4995 | _("relocation overflow: " |
| 4996 | "reference to local symbol %u in %s"), |
| 4997 | r_sym, object->name().c_str()); |
| 4998 | } |
| 4999 | else if (gsym->is_defined() && gsym->source() == Symbol::FROM_OBJECT) |
| 5000 | { |
| 5001 | gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5002 | _("relocation overflow: " |
| 5003 | "reference to '%s' defined in %s"), |
| 5004 | gsym->name(), |
| 5005 | gsym->object()->name().c_str()); |
| 5006 | } |
| 5007 | else |
| 5008 | { |
| 5009 | gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5010 | _("relocation overflow: reference to '%s'"), |
| 5011 | gsym->name()); |
| 5012 | } |
| 5013 | } |
| 5014 | |
| 5015 | return true; |
| 5016 | } |
| 5017 | |
| 5018 | // Perform a TLS relocation. |
| 5019 | |
| 5020 | template<int size> |
| 5021 | inline void |
| 5022 | Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::relocate_tls( |
| 5023 | const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo, |
| 5024 | Target_x86_64<size>* target, |
| 5025 | size_t relnum, |
| 5026 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela, |
| 5027 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 5028 | const Sized_symbol<size>* gsym, |
| 5029 | const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, |
| 5030 | unsigned char* view, |
| 5031 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address, |
| 5032 | section_size_type view_size) |
| 5033 | { |
| 5034 | Output_segment* tls_segment = relinfo->layout->tls_segment(); |
| 5035 | |
| 5036 | const Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object = relinfo->object; |
| 5037 | const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend = rela.get_r_addend(); |
| 5038 | elfcpp::Shdr<size, false> data_shdr(relinfo->data_shdr); |
| 5039 | bool is_executable = (data_shdr.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0; |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value = psymval->value(relinfo->object, 0); |
| 5042 | |
| 5043 | const bool is_final = (gsym == NULL |
| 5044 | ? !parameters->options().shared() |
| 5045 | : gsym->final_value_is_known()); |
| 5046 | tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type |
| 5047 | = Target_x86_64<size>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final, r_type); |
| 5048 | switch (r_type) |
| 5049 | { |
| 5050 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // Global-dynamic |
| 5051 | if (!is_executable && optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 5052 | { |
| 5053 | // If this code sequence is used in a non-executable section, |
| 5054 | // we will not optimize the R_X86_64_DTPOFF32/64 relocation, |
| 5055 | // on the assumption that it's being used by itself in a debug |
| 5056 | // section. Therefore, in the unlikely event that the code |
| 5057 | // sequence appears in a non-executable section, we simply |
| 5058 | // leave it unoptimized. |
| 5059 | optimized_type = tls::TLSOPT_NONE; |
| 5060 | } |
| 5061 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 5062 | { |
| 5063 | if (tls_segment == NULL) |
| 5064 | { |
| 5065 | gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0 |
| 5066 | || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym)); |
| 5067 | return; |
| 5068 | } |
| 5069 | this->tls_gd_to_le(relinfo, relnum, tls_segment, |
| 5070 | rela, r_type, value, view, |
| 5071 | view_size); |
| 5072 | break; |
| 5073 | } |
| 5074 | else |
| 5075 | { |
| 5076 | unsigned int got_type = (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE |
| 5077 | ? GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET |
| 5078 | : GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR); |
| 5079 | unsigned int got_offset; |
| 5080 | if (gsym != NULL) |
| 5081 | { |
| 5082 | gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(got_type)); |
| 5083 | got_offset = gsym->got_offset(got_type) - target->got_size(); |
| 5084 | } |
| 5085 | else |
| 5086 | { |
| 5087 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info()); |
| 5088 | gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, got_type)); |
| 5089 | got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, got_type) |
| 5090 | - target->got_size()); |
| 5091 | } |
| 5092 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE) |
| 5093 | { |
| 5094 | value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset; |
| 5095 | this->tls_gd_to_ie(relinfo, relnum, rela, r_type, |
| 5096 | value, view, address, view_size); |
| 5097 | break; |
| 5098 | } |
| 5099 | else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 5100 | { |
| 5101 | // Relocate the field with the offset of the pair of GOT |
| 5102 | // entries. |
| 5103 | value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset; |
| 5104 | Relocate_functions<size, false>::pcrela32(view, value, addend, |
| 5105 | address); |
| 5106 | break; |
| 5107 | } |
| 5108 | } |
| 5109 | gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5110 | _("unsupported reloc %u"), r_type); |
| 5111 | break; |
| 5112 | |
| 5113 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: // Global-dynamic (from ~oliva url) |
| 5114 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL: |
| 5115 | if (!is_executable && optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 5116 | { |
| 5117 | // See above comment for R_X86_64_TLSGD. |
| 5118 | optimized_type = tls::TLSOPT_NONE; |
| 5119 | } |
| 5120 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 5121 | { |
| 5122 | if (tls_segment == NULL) |
| 5123 | { |
| 5124 | gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0 |
| 5125 | || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym)); |
| 5126 | return; |
| 5127 | } |
| 5128 | this->tls_desc_gd_to_le(relinfo, relnum, tls_segment, |
| 5129 | rela, r_type, value, view, |
| 5130 | view_size); |
| 5131 | break; |
| 5132 | } |
| 5133 | else |
| 5134 | { |
| 5135 | unsigned int got_type = (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE |
| 5136 | ? GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET |
| 5137 | : GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC); |
| 5138 | unsigned int got_offset = 0; |
| 5139 | if (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC |
| 5140 | && optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 5141 | { |
| 5142 | // We created GOT entries in the .got.tlsdesc portion of |
| 5143 | // the .got.plt section, but the offset stored in the |
| 5144 | // symbol is the offset within .got.tlsdesc. |
| 5145 | got_offset = (target->got_size() |
| 5146 | + target->got_plt_section()->data_size()); |
| 5147 | } |
| 5148 | if (gsym != NULL) |
| 5149 | { |
| 5150 | gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(got_type)); |
| 5151 | got_offset += gsym->got_offset(got_type) - target->got_size(); |
| 5152 | } |
| 5153 | else |
| 5154 | { |
| 5155 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info()); |
| 5156 | gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, got_type)); |
| 5157 | got_offset += (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, got_type) |
| 5158 | - target->got_size()); |
| 5159 | } |
| 5160 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE) |
| 5161 | { |
| 5162 | value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset; |
| 5163 | this->tls_desc_gd_to_ie(relinfo, relnum, |
| 5164 | rela, r_type, value, view, address, |
| 5165 | view_size); |
| 5166 | break; |
| 5167 | } |
| 5168 | else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 5169 | { |
| 5170 | if (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC) |
| 5171 | { |
| 5172 | // Relocate the field with the offset of the pair of GOT |
| 5173 | // entries. |
| 5174 | value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset; |
| 5175 | Relocate_functions<size, false>::pcrela32(view, value, addend, |
| 5176 | address); |
| 5177 | } |
| 5178 | break; |
| 5179 | } |
| 5180 | } |
| 5181 | gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5182 | _("unsupported reloc %u"), r_type); |
| 5183 | break; |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic |
| 5186 | if (!is_executable && optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 5187 | { |
| 5188 | // See above comment for R_X86_64_TLSGD. |
| 5189 | optimized_type = tls::TLSOPT_NONE; |
| 5190 | } |
| 5191 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 5192 | { |
| 5193 | if (tls_segment == NULL) |
| 5194 | { |
| 5195 | gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0 |
| 5196 | || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym)); |
| 5197 | return; |
| 5198 | } |
| 5199 | this->tls_ld_to_le(relinfo, relnum, tls_segment, rela, r_type, |
| 5200 | value, view, view_size); |
| 5201 | break; |
| 5202 | } |
| 5203 | else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 5204 | { |
| 5205 | // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for |
| 5206 | // the module index. |
| 5207 | unsigned int got_offset; |
| 5208 | got_offset = (target->got_mod_index_entry(NULL, NULL, NULL) |
| 5209 | - target->got_size()); |
| 5210 | value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset; |
| 5211 | Relocate_functions<size, false>::pcrela32(view, value, addend, |
| 5212 | address); |
| 5213 | break; |
| 5214 | } |
| 5215 | gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5216 | _("unsupported reloc %u"), r_type); |
| 5217 | break; |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32: |
| 5220 | // This relocation type is used in debugging information. |
| 5221 | // In that case we need to not optimize the value. If the |
| 5222 | // section is not executable, then we assume we should not |
| 5223 | // optimize this reloc. See comments above for R_X86_64_TLSGD, |
| 5224 | // R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC, R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL, and |
| 5225 | // R_X86_64_TLSLD. |
| 5226 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE && is_executable) |
| 5227 | { |
| 5228 | if (tls_segment == NULL) |
| 5229 | { |
| 5230 | gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0 |
| 5231 | || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym)); |
| 5232 | return; |
| 5233 | } |
| 5234 | value -= tls_segment->memsz(); |
| 5235 | } |
| 5236 | Relocate_functions<size, false>::rela32(view, value, addend); |
| 5237 | break; |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64: |
| 5240 | // See R_X86_64_DTPOFF32, just above, for why we check for is_executable. |
| 5241 | if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE && is_executable) |
| 5242 | { |
| 5243 | if (tls_segment == NULL) |
| 5244 | { |
| 5245 | gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0 |
| 5246 | || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym)); |
| 5247 | return; |
| 5248 | } |
| 5249 | value -= tls_segment->memsz(); |
| 5250 | } |
| 5251 | Relocate_functions<size, false>::rela64(view, value, addend); |
| 5252 | break; |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec |
| 5255 | if (gsym != NULL |
| 5256 | && gsym->is_undefined() |
| 5257 | && parameters->options().output_is_executable()) |
| 5258 | { |
| 5259 | Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_ie_to_le(relinfo, relnum, |
| 5260 | NULL, rela, |
| 5261 | r_type, value, view, |
| 5262 | view_size); |
| 5263 | break; |
| 5264 | } |
| 5265 | else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE) |
| 5266 | { |
| 5267 | if (tls_segment == NULL) |
| 5268 | { |
| 5269 | gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0 |
| 5270 | || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym)); |
| 5271 | return; |
| 5272 | } |
| 5273 | Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_ie_to_le(relinfo, relnum, |
| 5274 | tls_segment, rela, |
| 5275 | r_type, value, view, |
| 5276 | view_size); |
| 5277 | break; |
| 5278 | } |
| 5279 | else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE) |
| 5280 | { |
| 5281 | // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for |
| 5282 | // the tp-relative offset of the symbol. |
| 5283 | unsigned int got_offset; |
| 5284 | if (gsym != NULL) |
| 5285 | { |
| 5286 | gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET)); |
| 5287 | got_offset = (gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET) |
| 5288 | - target->got_size()); |
| 5289 | } |
| 5290 | else |
| 5291 | { |
| 5292 | unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info()); |
| 5293 | gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, |
| 5294 | GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET)); |
| 5295 | got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET) |
| 5296 | - target->got_size()); |
| 5297 | } |
| 5298 | value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset; |
| 5299 | Relocate_functions<size, false>::pcrela32(view, value, addend, |
| 5300 | address); |
| 5301 | break; |
| 5302 | } |
| 5303 | gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5304 | _("unsupported reloc type %u"), |
| 5305 | r_type); |
| 5306 | break; |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 | case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec |
| 5309 | if (tls_segment == NULL) |
| 5310 | { |
| 5311 | gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0 |
| 5312 | || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym)); |
| 5313 | return; |
| 5314 | } |
| 5315 | value -= tls_segment->memsz(); |
| 5316 | Relocate_functions<size, false>::rela32(view, value, addend); |
| 5317 | break; |
| 5318 | } |
| 5319 | } |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 | // Do a relocation in which we convert a TLS General-Dynamic to an |
| 5322 | // Initial-Exec. |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 | template<int size> |
| 5325 | inline void |
| 5326 | Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_gd_to_ie( |
| 5327 | const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo, |
| 5328 | size_t relnum, |
| 5329 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela, |
| 5330 | unsigned int, |
| 5331 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value, |
| 5332 | unsigned char* view, |
| 5333 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address, |
| 5334 | section_size_type view_size) |
| 5335 | { |
| 5336 | // For SIZE == 64: |
| 5337 | // .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi; |
| 5338 | // .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 5339 | // ==> movq %fs:0,%rax; addq x@gottpoff(%rip),%rax |
| 5340 | // .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi; |
| 5341 | // .word 0x66; rex64; call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 5342 | // ==> movq %fs:0,%rax; addq x@gottpoff(%rip),%rax |
| 5343 | // For SIZE == 32: |
| 5344 | // leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi; |
| 5345 | // .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 5346 | // ==> movl %fs:0,%eax; addq x@gottpoff(%rip),%rax |
| 5347 | // leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi; |
| 5348 | // .word 0x66; rex64; call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 5349 | // ==> movl %fs:0,%eax; addq x@gottpoff(%rip),%rax |
| 5350 | |
| 5351 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 12); |
| 5352 | tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5353 | (memcmp(view + 4, "\x66\x66\x48\xe8", 4) == 0 |
| 5354 | || memcmp(view + 4, "\x66\x48\xff", 3) == 0)); |
| 5355 | |
| 5356 | if (size == 64) |
| 5357 | { |
| 5358 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, |
| 5359 | -4); |
| 5360 | tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5361 | (memcmp(view - 4, "\x66\x48\x8d\x3d", 4) == 0)); |
| 5362 | memcpy(view - 4, "\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x03\x05\0\0\0\0", |
| 5363 | 16); |
| 5364 | } |
| 5365 | else |
| 5366 | { |
| 5367 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, |
| 5368 | -3); |
| 5369 | tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5370 | (memcmp(view - 3, "\x48\x8d\x3d", 3) == 0)); |
| 5371 | memcpy(view - 3, "\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x03\x05\0\0\0\0", |
| 5372 | 15); |
| 5373 | } |
| 5374 | |
| 5375 | const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend = rela.get_r_addend(); |
| 5376 | Relocate_functions<size, false>::pcrela32(view + 8, value, addend - 8, |
| 5377 | address); |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 | // The next reloc should be a PLT32 reloc against __tls_get_addr. |
| 5380 | // We can skip it. |
| 5381 | this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_ = true; |
| 5382 | } |
| 5383 | |
| 5384 | // Do a relocation in which we convert a TLS General-Dynamic to a |
| 5385 | // Local-Exec. |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 | template<int size> |
| 5388 | inline void |
| 5389 | Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_gd_to_le( |
| 5390 | const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo, |
| 5391 | size_t relnum, |
| 5392 | Output_segment* tls_segment, |
| 5393 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela, |
| 5394 | unsigned int, |
| 5395 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value, |
| 5396 | unsigned char* view, |
| 5397 | section_size_type view_size) |
| 5398 | { |
| 5399 | // For SIZE == 64: |
| 5400 | // .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi; |
| 5401 | // .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 5402 | // ==> movq %fs:0,%rax; leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rax |
| 5403 | // .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi; |
| 5404 | // .word 0x66; rex64; call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 5405 | // ==> movq %fs:0,%rax; leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rax |
| 5406 | // For SIZE == 32: |
| 5407 | // leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi; |
| 5408 | // .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 5409 | // ==> movl %fs:0,%eax; leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rax |
| 5410 | // leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi; |
| 5411 | // .word 0x66; rex64; call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 5412 | // ==> movl %fs:0,%eax; leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rax |
| 5413 | |
| 5414 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 12); |
| 5415 | tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5416 | (memcmp(view + 4, "\x66\x66\x48\xe8", 4) == 0 |
| 5417 | || memcmp(view + 4, "\x66\x48\xff", 3) == 0)); |
| 5418 | |
| 5419 | if (size == 64) |
| 5420 | { |
| 5421 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, |
| 5422 | -4); |
| 5423 | tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5424 | (memcmp(view - 4, "\x66\x48\x8d\x3d", 4) == 0)); |
| 5425 | memcpy(view - 4, "\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x8d\x80\0\0\0\0", |
| 5426 | 16); |
| 5427 | } |
| 5428 | else |
| 5429 | { |
| 5430 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, |
| 5431 | -3); |
| 5432 | tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5433 | (memcmp(view - 3, "\x48\x8d\x3d", 3) == 0)); |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 | memcpy(view - 3, "\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x8d\x80\0\0\0\0", |
| 5436 | 15); |
| 5437 | } |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 | value -= tls_segment->memsz(); |
| 5440 | Relocate_functions<size, false>::rela32(view + 8, value, 0); |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 | // The next reloc should be a PLT32 reloc against __tls_get_addr. |
| 5443 | // We can skip it. |
| 5444 | this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_ = true; |
| 5445 | } |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 | // Do a TLSDESC-style General-Dynamic to Initial-Exec transition. |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 | template<int size> |
| 5450 | inline void |
| 5451 | Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_desc_gd_to_ie( |
| 5452 | const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo, |
| 5453 | size_t relnum, |
| 5454 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela, |
| 5455 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 5456 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value, |
| 5457 | unsigned char* view, |
| 5458 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address, |
| 5459 | section_size_type view_size) |
| 5460 | { |
| 5461 | if (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC) |
| 5462 | { |
| 5463 | // leaq foo@tlsdesc(%rip), %rax |
| 5464 | // ==> movq foo@gottpoff(%rip), %rax |
| 5465 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, -3); |
| 5466 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 4); |
| 5467 | tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5468 | view[-3] == 0x48 && view[-2] == 0x8d && view[-1] == 0x05); |
| 5469 | view[-2] = 0x8b; |
| 5470 | const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend = rela.get_r_addend(); |
| 5471 | Relocate_functions<size, false>::pcrela32(view, value, addend, address); |
| 5472 | } |
| 5473 | else |
| 5474 | { |
| 5475 | // call *foo@tlscall(%rax) |
| 5476 | // ==> nop; nop |
| 5477 | gold_assert(r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL); |
| 5478 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 2); |
| 5479 | tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5480 | view[0] == 0xff && view[1] == 0x10); |
| 5481 | view[0] = 0x66; |
| 5482 | view[1] = 0x90; |
| 5483 | } |
| 5484 | } |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 | // Do a TLSDESC-style General-Dynamic to Local-Exec transition. |
| 5487 | |
| 5488 | template<int size> |
| 5489 | inline void |
| 5490 | Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_desc_gd_to_le( |
| 5491 | const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo, |
| 5492 | size_t relnum, |
| 5493 | Output_segment* tls_segment, |
| 5494 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela, |
| 5495 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 5496 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value, |
| 5497 | unsigned char* view, |
| 5498 | section_size_type view_size) |
| 5499 | { |
| 5500 | if (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC) |
| 5501 | { |
| 5502 | // leaq foo@tlsdesc(%rip), %rax |
| 5503 | // ==> movq foo@tpoff, %rax |
| 5504 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, -3); |
| 5505 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 4); |
| 5506 | tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5507 | view[-3] == 0x48 && view[-2] == 0x8d && view[-1] == 0x05); |
| 5508 | view[-2] = 0xc7; |
| 5509 | view[-1] = 0xc0; |
| 5510 | value -= tls_segment->memsz(); |
| 5511 | Relocate_functions<size, false>::rela32(view, value, 0); |
| 5512 | } |
| 5513 | else |
| 5514 | { |
| 5515 | // call *foo@tlscall(%rax) |
| 5516 | // ==> nop; nop |
| 5517 | gold_assert(r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL); |
| 5518 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 2); |
| 5519 | tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5520 | view[0] == 0xff && view[1] == 0x10); |
| 5521 | view[0] = 0x66; |
| 5522 | view[1] = 0x90; |
| 5523 | } |
| 5524 | } |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | template<int size> |
| 5527 | inline void |
| 5528 | Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_ld_to_le( |
| 5529 | const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo, |
| 5530 | size_t relnum, |
| 5531 | Output_segment*, |
| 5532 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela, |
| 5533 | unsigned int, |
| 5534 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr, |
| 5535 | unsigned char* view, |
| 5536 | section_size_type view_size) |
| 5537 | { |
| 5538 | // leaq foo@tlsld(%rip),%rdi; call __tls_get_addr@plt; |
| 5539 | // For SIZE == 64: |
| 5540 | // ... leq foo@dtpoff(%rax),%reg |
| 5541 | // ==> .word 0x6666; .byte 0x66; movq %fs:0,%rax ... leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rdx |
| 5542 | // For SIZE == 32: |
| 5543 | // ... leq foo@dtpoff(%rax),%reg |
| 5544 | // ==> nopl 0x0(%rax); movl %fs:0,%eax ... leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rdx |
| 5545 | // leaq foo@tlsld(%rip),%rdi; call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip) |
| 5546 | // For SIZE == 64: |
| 5547 | // ... leq foo@dtpoff(%rax),%reg |
| 5548 | // ==> .word 0x6666; .byte 0x6666; movq %fs:0,%rax ... leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rdx |
| 5549 | // For SIZE == 32: |
| 5550 | // ... leq foo@dtpoff(%rax),%reg |
| 5551 | // ==> nopw 0x0(%rax); movl %fs:0,%eax ... leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rdx |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, -3); |
| 5554 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 9); |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 | tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5557 | view[-3] == 0x48 && view[-2] == 0x8d && view[-1] == 0x3d); |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 | tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), |
| 5560 | view[4] == 0xe8 || view[4] == 0xff); |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | if (view[4] == 0xe8) |
| 5563 | { |
| 5564 | if (size == 64) |
| 5565 | memcpy(view - 3, "\x66\x66\x66\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0", 12); |
| 5566 | else |
| 5567 | memcpy(view - 3, "\x0f\x1f\x40\x00\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0", 12); |
| 5568 | } |
| 5569 | else |
| 5570 | { |
| 5571 | if (size == 64) |
| 5572 | memcpy(view - 3, "\x66\x66\x66\x66\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0", |
| 5573 | 13); |
| 5574 | else |
| 5575 | memcpy(view - 3, "\x66\x0f\x1f\x40\x00\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0", |
| 5576 | 13); |
| 5577 | } |
| 5578 | |
| 5579 | // The next reloc should be a PLT32 reloc against __tls_get_addr. |
| 5580 | // We can skip it. |
| 5581 | this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_ = true; |
| 5582 | } |
| 5583 | |
| 5584 | // Do a relocation in which we convert a TLS Initial-Exec to a |
| 5585 | // Local-Exec. |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 | template<int size> |
| 5588 | inline void |
| 5589 | Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_ie_to_le( |
| 5590 | const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo, |
| 5591 | size_t relnum, |
| 5592 | Output_segment* tls_segment, |
| 5593 | const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela, |
| 5594 | unsigned int, |
| 5595 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value, |
| 5596 | unsigned char* view, |
| 5597 | section_size_type view_size) |
| 5598 | { |
| 5599 | // We need to examine the opcodes to figure out which instruction we |
| 5600 | // are looking at. |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 | // movq foo@gottpoff(%rip),%reg ==> movq $YY,%reg |
| 5603 | // addq foo@gottpoff(%rip),%reg ==> addq $YY,%reg |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, -3); |
| 5606 | tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 4); |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 | unsigned char op1 = view[-3]; |
| 5609 | unsigned char op2 = view[-2]; |
| 5610 | unsigned char op3 = view[-1]; |
| 5611 | unsigned char reg = op3 >> 3; |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 | if (op2 == 0x8b) |
| 5614 | { |
| 5615 | // movq |
| 5616 | if (op1 == 0x4c) |
| 5617 | view[-3] = 0x49; |
| 5618 | else if (size == 32 && op1 == 0x44) |
| 5619 | view[-3] = 0x41; |
| 5620 | view[-2] = 0xc7; |
| 5621 | view[-1] = 0xc0 | reg; |
| 5622 | } |
| 5623 | else if (reg == 4) |
| 5624 | { |
| 5625 | // Special handling for %rsp. |
| 5626 | if (op1 == 0x4c) |
| 5627 | view[-3] = 0x49; |
| 5628 | else if (size == 32 && op1 == 0x44) |
| 5629 | view[-3] = 0x41; |
| 5630 | view[-2] = 0x81; |
| 5631 | view[-1] = 0xc0 | reg; |
| 5632 | } |
| 5633 | else |
| 5634 | { |
| 5635 | // addq |
| 5636 | if (op1 == 0x4c) |
| 5637 | view[-3] = 0x4d; |
| 5638 | else if (size == 32 && op1 == 0x44) |
| 5639 | view[-3] = 0x45; |
| 5640 | view[-2] = 0x8d; |
| 5641 | view[-1] = 0x80 | reg | (reg << 3); |
| 5642 | } |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 | if (tls_segment != NULL) |
| 5645 | value -= tls_segment->memsz(); |
| 5646 | Relocate_functions<size, false>::rela32(view, value, 0); |
| 5647 | } |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 | // Relocate section data. |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | template<int size> |
| 5652 | void |
| 5653 | Target_x86_64<size>::relocate_section( |
| 5654 | const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo, |
| 5655 | unsigned int sh_type, |
| 5656 | const unsigned char* prelocs, |
| 5657 | size_t reloc_count, |
| 5658 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 5659 | bool needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 5660 | unsigned char* view, |
| 5661 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address, |
| 5662 | section_size_type view_size, |
| 5663 | const Reloc_symbol_changes* reloc_symbol_changes) |
| 5664 | { |
| 5665 | typedef gold::Default_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false> |
| 5666 | Classify_reloc; |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 | gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA); |
| 5669 | |
| 5670 | gold::relocate_section<size, false, Target_x86_64<size>, Relocate, |
| 5671 | gold::Default_comdat_behavior, Classify_reloc>( |
| 5672 | relinfo, |
| 5673 | this, |
| 5674 | prelocs, |
| 5675 | reloc_count, |
| 5676 | output_section, |
| 5677 | needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 5678 | view, |
| 5679 | address, |
| 5680 | view_size, |
| 5681 | reloc_symbol_changes); |
| 5682 | } |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 | // Apply an incremental relocation. Incremental relocations always refer |
| 5685 | // to global symbols. |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | template<int size> |
| 5688 | void |
| 5689 | Target_x86_64<size>::apply_relocation( |
| 5690 | const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo, |
| 5691 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr r_offset, |
| 5692 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 5693 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Swxword r_addend, |
| 5694 | const Symbol* gsym, |
| 5695 | unsigned char* view, |
| 5696 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address, |
| 5697 | section_size_type view_size) |
| 5698 | { |
| 5699 | gold::apply_relocation<size, false, Target_x86_64<size>, |
| 5700 | typename Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate>( |
| 5701 | relinfo, |
| 5702 | this, |
| 5703 | r_offset, |
| 5704 | r_type, |
| 5705 | r_addend, |
| 5706 | gsym, |
| 5707 | view, |
| 5708 | address, |
| 5709 | view_size); |
| 5710 | } |
| 5711 | |
| 5712 | // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link. |
| 5713 | |
| 5714 | template<int size> |
| 5715 | void |
| 5716 | Target_x86_64<size>::scan_relocatable_relocs( |
| 5717 | Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 5718 | Layout* layout, |
| 5719 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 5720 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 5721 | unsigned int sh_type, |
| 5722 | const unsigned char* prelocs, |
| 5723 | size_t reloc_count, |
| 5724 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 5725 | bool needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 5726 | size_t local_symbol_count, |
| 5727 | const unsigned char* plocal_symbols, |
| 5728 | Relocatable_relocs* rr) |
| 5729 | { |
| 5730 | typedef gold::Default_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false> |
| 5731 | Classify_reloc; |
| 5732 | typedef gold::Default_scan_relocatable_relocs<Classify_reloc> |
| 5733 | Scan_relocatable_relocs; |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 | gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA); |
| 5736 | |
| 5737 | gold::scan_relocatable_relocs<size, false, Scan_relocatable_relocs>( |
| 5738 | symtab, |
| 5739 | layout, |
| 5740 | object, |
| 5741 | data_shndx, |
| 5742 | prelocs, |
| 5743 | reloc_count, |
| 5744 | output_section, |
| 5745 | needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 5746 | local_symbol_count, |
| 5747 | plocal_symbols, |
| 5748 | rr); |
| 5749 | } |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 | // Scan the relocs for --emit-relocs. |
| 5752 | |
| 5753 | template<int size> |
| 5754 | void |
| 5755 | Target_x86_64<size>::emit_relocs_scan( |
| 5756 | Symbol_table* symtab, |
| 5757 | Layout* layout, |
| 5758 | Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, |
| 5759 | unsigned int data_shndx, |
| 5760 | unsigned int sh_type, |
| 5761 | const unsigned char* prelocs, |
| 5762 | size_t reloc_count, |
| 5763 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 5764 | bool needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 5765 | size_t local_symbol_count, |
| 5766 | const unsigned char* plocal_syms, |
| 5767 | Relocatable_relocs* rr) |
| 5768 | { |
| 5769 | typedef gold::Default_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false> |
| 5770 | Classify_reloc; |
| 5771 | typedef gold::Default_emit_relocs_strategy<Classify_reloc> |
| 5772 | Emit_relocs_strategy; |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 | gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA); |
| 5775 | |
| 5776 | gold::scan_relocatable_relocs<size, false, Emit_relocs_strategy>( |
| 5777 | symtab, |
| 5778 | layout, |
| 5779 | object, |
| 5780 | data_shndx, |
| 5781 | prelocs, |
| 5782 | reloc_count, |
| 5783 | output_section, |
| 5784 | needs_special_offset_handling, |
| 5785 | local_symbol_count, |
| 5786 | plocal_syms, |
| 5787 | rr); |
| 5788 | } |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 | // Relocate a section during a relocatable link. |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 | template<int size> |
| 5793 | void |
| 5794 | Target_x86_64<size>::relocate_relocs( |
| 5795 | const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo, |
| 5796 | unsigned int sh_type, |
| 5797 | const unsigned char* prelocs, |
| 5798 | size_t reloc_count, |
| 5799 | Output_section* output_section, |
| 5800 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Off offset_in_output_section, |
| 5801 | unsigned char* view, |
| 5802 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr view_address, |
| 5803 | section_size_type view_size, |
| 5804 | unsigned char* reloc_view, |
| 5805 | section_size_type reloc_view_size) |
| 5806 | { |
| 5807 | typedef gold::Default_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false> |
| 5808 | Classify_reloc; |
| 5809 | |
| 5810 | gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA); |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 | gold::relocate_relocs<size, false, Classify_reloc>( |
| 5813 | relinfo, |
| 5814 | prelocs, |
| 5815 | reloc_count, |
| 5816 | output_section, |
| 5817 | offset_in_output_section, |
| 5818 | view, |
| 5819 | view_address, |
| 5820 | view_size, |
| 5821 | reloc_view, |
| 5822 | reloc_view_size); |
| 5823 | } |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 | // Return the value to use for a dynamic which requires special |
| 5826 | // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function |
| 5827 | // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the |
| 5828 | // processor specific ABI supplement. |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 | template<int size> |
| 5831 | uint64_t |
| 5832 | Target_x86_64<size>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol* gsym) const |
| 5833 | { |
| 5834 | gold_assert(gsym->is_from_dynobj() && gsym->has_plt_offset()); |
| 5835 | return this->plt_address_for_global(gsym); |
| 5836 | } |
| 5837 | |
| 5838 | // Return a string used to fill a code section with nops to take up |
| 5839 | // the specified length. |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 | template<int size> |
| 5842 | std::string |
| 5843 | Target_x86_64<size>::do_code_fill(section_size_type length) const |
| 5844 | { |
| 5845 | if (length >= 16) |
| 5846 | { |
| 5847 | // Build a jmpq instruction to skip over the bytes. |
| 5848 | unsigned char jmp[5]; |
| 5849 | jmp[0] = 0xe9; |
| 5850 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(jmp + 1, length - 5); |
| 5851 | return (std::string(reinterpret_cast<char*>(&jmp[0]), 5) |
| 5852 | + std::string(length - 5, static_cast<char>(0x90))); |
| 5853 | } |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | // Nop sequences of various lengths. |
| 5856 | const char nop1[1] = { '\x90' }; // nop |
| 5857 | const char nop2[2] = { '\x66', '\x90' }; // xchg %ax %ax |
| 5858 | const char nop3[3] = { '\x0f', '\x1f', '\x00' }; // nop (%rax) |
| 5859 | const char nop4[4] = { '\x0f', '\x1f', '\x40', // nop 0(%rax) |
| 5860 | '\x00'}; |
| 5861 | const char nop5[5] = { '\x0f', '\x1f', '\x44', // nop 0(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 5862 | '\x00', '\x00' }; |
| 5863 | const char nop6[6] = { '\x66', '\x0f', '\x1f', // nopw 0(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 5864 | '\x44', '\x00', '\x00' }; |
| 5865 | const char nop7[7] = { '\x0f', '\x1f', '\x80', // nopl 0L(%rax) |
| 5866 | '\x00', '\x00', '\x00', |
| 5867 | '\x00' }; |
| 5868 | const char nop8[8] = { '\x0f', '\x1f', '\x84', // nopl 0L(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 5869 | '\x00', '\x00', '\x00', |
| 5870 | '\x00', '\x00' }; |
| 5871 | const char nop9[9] = { '\x66', '\x0f', '\x1f', // nopw 0L(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 5872 | '\x84', '\x00', '\x00', |
| 5873 | '\x00', '\x00', '\x00' }; |
| 5874 | const char nop10[10] = { '\x66', '\x2e', '\x0f', // nopw %cs:0L(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 5875 | '\x1f', '\x84', '\x00', |
| 5876 | '\x00', '\x00', '\x00', |
| 5877 | '\x00' }; |
| 5878 | const char nop11[11] = { '\x66', '\x66', '\x2e', // data16 |
| 5879 | '\x0f', '\x1f', '\x84', // nopw %cs:0L(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 5880 | '\x00', '\x00', '\x00', |
| 5881 | '\x00', '\x00' }; |
| 5882 | const char nop12[12] = { '\x66', '\x66', '\x66', // data16; data16 |
| 5883 | '\x2e', '\x0f', '\x1f', // nopw %cs:0L(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 5884 | '\x84', '\x00', '\x00', |
| 5885 | '\x00', '\x00', '\x00' }; |
| 5886 | const char nop13[13] = { '\x66', '\x66', '\x66', // data16; data16; data16 |
| 5887 | '\x66', '\x2e', '\x0f', // nopw %cs:0L(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 5888 | '\x1f', '\x84', '\x00', |
| 5889 | '\x00', '\x00', '\x00', |
| 5890 | '\x00' }; |
| 5891 | const char nop14[14] = { '\x66', '\x66', '\x66', // data16; data16; data16 |
| 5892 | '\x66', '\x66', '\x2e', // data16 |
| 5893 | '\x0f', '\x1f', '\x84', // nopw %cs:0L(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 5894 | '\x00', '\x00', '\x00', |
| 5895 | '\x00', '\x00' }; |
| 5896 | const char nop15[15] = { '\x66', '\x66', '\x66', // data16; data16; data16 |
| 5897 | '\x66', '\x66', '\x66', // data16; data16 |
| 5898 | '\x2e', '\x0f', '\x1f', // nopw %cs:0L(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 5899 | '\x84', '\x00', '\x00', |
| 5900 | '\x00', '\x00', '\x00' }; |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 | const char* nops[16] = { |
| 5903 | NULL, |
| 5904 | nop1, nop2, nop3, nop4, nop5, nop6, nop7, |
| 5905 | nop8, nop9, nop10, nop11, nop12, nop13, nop14, nop15 |
| 5906 | }; |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 | return std::string(nops[length], length); |
| 5909 | } |
| 5910 | |
| 5911 | // Return the addend to use for a target specific relocation. The |
| 5912 | // only target specific relocation is R_X86_64_TLSDESC for a local |
| 5913 | // symbol. We want to set the addend is the offset of the local |
| 5914 | // symbol in the TLS segment. |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 | template<int size> |
| 5917 | uint64_t |
| 5918 | Target_x86_64<size>::do_reloc_addend(void* arg, unsigned int r_type, |
| 5919 | uint64_t) const |
| 5920 | { |
| 5921 | gold_assert(r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC); |
| 5922 | uintptr_t intarg = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(arg); |
| 5923 | gold_assert(intarg < this->tlsdesc_reloc_info_.size()); |
| 5924 | const Tlsdesc_info& ti(this->tlsdesc_reloc_info_[intarg]); |
| 5925 | const Symbol_value<size>* psymval = ti.object->local_symbol(ti.r_sym); |
| 5926 | gold_assert(psymval->is_tls_symbol()); |
| 5927 | // The value of a TLS symbol is the offset in the TLS segment. |
| 5928 | return psymval->value(ti.object, 0); |
| 5929 | } |
| 5930 | |
| 5931 | // Return the value to use for the base of a DW_EH_PE_datarel offset |
| 5932 | // in an FDE. Solaris and SVR4 use DW_EH_PE_datarel because their |
| 5933 | // assembler can not write out the difference between two labels in |
| 5934 | // different sections, so instead of using a pc-relative value they |
| 5935 | // use an offset from the GOT. |
| 5936 | |
| 5937 | template<int size> |
| 5938 | uint64_t |
| 5939 | Target_x86_64<size>::do_ehframe_datarel_base() const |
| 5940 | { |
| 5941 | gold_assert(this->global_offset_table_ != NULL); |
| 5942 | Symbol* sym = this->global_offset_table_; |
| 5943 | Sized_symbol<size>* ssym = static_cast<Sized_symbol<size>*>(sym); |
| 5944 | return ssym->value(); |
| 5945 | } |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | // FNOFFSET in section SHNDX in OBJECT is the start of a function |
| 5948 | // compiled with -fsplit-stack. The function calls non-split-stack |
| 5949 | // code. We have to change the function so that it always ensures |
| 5950 | // that it has enough stack space to run some random function. |
| 5951 | |
| 5952 | static const unsigned char cmp_insn_32[] = { 0x64, 0x3b, 0x24, 0x25 }; |
| 5953 | static const unsigned char lea_r10_insn_32[] = { 0x44, 0x8d, 0x94, 0x24 }; |
| 5954 | static const unsigned char lea_r11_insn_32[] = { 0x44, 0x8d, 0x9c, 0x24 }; |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 | static const unsigned char cmp_insn_64[] = { 0x64, 0x48, 0x3b, 0x24, 0x25 }; |
| 5957 | static const unsigned char lea_r10_insn_64[] = { 0x4c, 0x8d, 0x94, 0x24 }; |
| 5958 | static const unsigned char lea_r11_insn_64[] = { 0x4c, 0x8d, 0x9c, 0x24 }; |
| 5959 | |
| 5960 | template<int size> |
| 5961 | void |
| 5962 | Target_x86_64<size>::do_calls_non_split(Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx, |
| 5963 | section_offset_type fnoffset, |
| 5964 | section_size_type fnsize, |
| 5965 | const unsigned char*, |
| 5966 | size_t, |
| 5967 | unsigned char* view, |
| 5968 | section_size_type view_size, |
| 5969 | std::string* from, |
| 5970 | std::string* to) const |
| 5971 | { |
| 5972 | const char* const cmp_insn = reinterpret_cast<const char*> |
| 5973 | (size == 32 ? cmp_insn_32 : cmp_insn_64); |
| 5974 | const char* const lea_r10_insn = reinterpret_cast<const char*> |
| 5975 | (size == 32 ? lea_r10_insn_32 : lea_r10_insn_64); |
| 5976 | const char* const lea_r11_insn = reinterpret_cast<const char*> |
| 5977 | (size == 32 ? lea_r11_insn_32 : lea_r11_insn_64); |
| 5978 | |
| 5979 | const size_t cmp_insn_len = |
| 5980 | (size == 32 ? sizeof(cmp_insn_32) : sizeof(cmp_insn_64)); |
| 5981 | const size_t lea_r10_insn_len = |
| 5982 | (size == 32 ? sizeof(lea_r10_insn_32) : sizeof(lea_r10_insn_64)); |
| 5983 | const size_t lea_r11_insn_len = |
| 5984 | (size == 32 ? sizeof(lea_r11_insn_32) : sizeof(lea_r11_insn_64)); |
| 5985 | const size_t nop_len = (size == 32 ? 7 : 8); |
| 5986 | |
| 5987 | // The function starts with a comparison of the stack pointer and a |
| 5988 | // field in the TCB. This is followed by a jump. |
| 5989 | |
| 5990 | // cmp %fs:NN,%rsp |
| 5991 | if (this->match_view(view, view_size, fnoffset, cmp_insn, cmp_insn_len) |
| 5992 | && fnsize > nop_len + 1) |
| 5993 | { |
| 5994 | // We will call __morestack if the carry flag is set after this |
| 5995 | // comparison. We turn the comparison into an stc instruction |
| 5996 | // and some nops. |
| 5997 | view[fnoffset] = '\xf9'; |
| 5998 | this->set_view_to_nop(view, view_size, fnoffset + 1, nop_len); |
| 5999 | } |
| 6000 | // lea NN(%rsp),%r10 |
| 6001 | // lea NN(%rsp),%r11 |
| 6002 | else if ((this->match_view(view, view_size, fnoffset, |
| 6003 | lea_r10_insn, lea_r10_insn_len) |
| 6004 | || this->match_view(view, view_size, fnoffset, |
| 6005 | lea_r11_insn, lea_r11_insn_len)) |
| 6006 | && fnsize > 8) |
| 6007 | { |
| 6008 | // This is loading an offset from the stack pointer for a |
| 6009 | // comparison. The offset is negative, so we decrease the |
| 6010 | // offset by the amount of space we need for the stack. This |
| 6011 | // means we will avoid calling __morestack if there happens to |
| 6012 | // be plenty of space on the stack already. |
| 6013 | unsigned char* pval = view + fnoffset + 4; |
| 6014 | uint32_t val = elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::readval(pval); |
| 6015 | val -= parameters->options().split_stack_adjust_size(); |
| 6016 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pval, val); |
| 6017 | } |
| 6018 | else |
| 6019 | { |
| 6020 | if (!object->has_no_split_stack()) |
| 6021 | object->error(_("failed to match split-stack sequence at " |
| 6022 | "section %u offset %0zx"), |
| 6023 | shndx, static_cast<size_t>(fnoffset)); |
| 6024 | return; |
| 6025 | } |
| 6026 | |
| 6027 | // We have to change the function so that it calls |
| 6028 | // __morestack_non_split instead of __morestack. The former will |
| 6029 | // allocate additional stack space. |
| 6030 | *from = "__morestack"; |
| 6031 | *to = "__morestack_non_split"; |
| 6032 | } |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | // The selector for x86_64 object files. Note this is never instantiated |
| 6035 | // directly. It's only used in Target_selector_x86_64_nacl, below. |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 | template<int size> |
| 6038 | class Target_selector_x86_64 : public Target_selector_freebsd |
| 6039 | { |
| 6040 | public: |
| 6041 | Target_selector_x86_64() |
| 6042 | : Target_selector_freebsd(elfcpp::EM_X86_64, size, false, |
| 6043 | (size == 64 |
| 6044 | ? "elf64-x86-64" : "elf32-x86-64"), |
| 6045 | (size == 64 |
| 6046 | ? "elf64-x86-64-freebsd" |
| 6047 | : "elf32-x86-64-freebsd"), |
| 6048 | (size == 64 ? "elf_x86_64" : "elf32_x86_64")) |
| 6049 | { } |
| 6050 | |
| 6051 | Target* |
| 6052 | do_instantiate_target() |
| 6053 | { return new Target_x86_64<size>(); } |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 | }; |
| 6056 | |
| 6057 | // NaCl variant. It uses different PLT contents. |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 | template<int size> |
| 6060 | class Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl : public Output_data_plt_x86_64<size> |
| 6061 | { |
| 6062 | public: |
| 6063 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl(Layout* layout, |
| 6064 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 6065 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 6066 | Output_data_space* got_irelative) |
| 6067 | : Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>(layout, plt_entry_size, |
| 6068 | got, got_plt, got_irelative) |
| 6069 | { } |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl(Layout* layout, |
| 6072 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 6073 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 6074 | Output_data_space* got_irelative, |
| 6075 | unsigned int plt_count) |
| 6076 | : Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>(layout, plt_entry_size, |
| 6077 | got, got_plt, got_irelative, |
| 6078 | plt_count) |
| 6079 | { } |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 | protected: |
| 6082 | virtual unsigned int |
| 6083 | do_get_plt_entry_size() const |
| 6084 | { return plt_entry_size; } |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 | virtual void |
| 6087 | do_add_eh_frame(Layout* layout) |
| 6088 | { |
| 6089 | layout->add_eh_frame_for_plt(this, |
| 6090 | this->plt_eh_frame_cie, |
| 6091 | this->plt_eh_frame_cie_size, |
| 6092 | plt_eh_frame_fde, |
| 6093 | plt_eh_frame_fde_size); |
| 6094 | } |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 | virtual void |
| 6097 | do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 6098 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_addr, |
| 6099 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_addr); |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 | virtual unsigned int |
| 6102 | do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 6103 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 6104 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 6105 | unsigned int got_offset, |
| 6106 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 6107 | unsigned int plt_index); |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 | virtual void |
| 6110 | do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov, |
| 6111 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 6112 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 6113 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base, |
| 6114 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset, |
| 6115 | unsigned int plt_offset); |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 | private: |
| 6118 | // The size of an entry in the PLT. |
| 6119 | static const int plt_entry_size = 64; |
| 6120 | |
| 6121 | // The first entry in the PLT. |
| 6122 | static const unsigned char first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size]; |
| 6123 | |
| 6124 | // Other entries in the PLT for an executable. |
| 6125 | static const unsigned char plt_entry[plt_entry_size]; |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 | // The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable. |
| 6128 | static const unsigned char tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size]; |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 | // The .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT. |
| 6131 | static const int plt_eh_frame_fde_size = 32; |
| 6132 | static const unsigned char plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size]; |
| 6133 | }; |
| 6134 | |
| 6135 | template<int size> |
| 6136 | class Target_x86_64_nacl : public Target_x86_64<size> |
| 6137 | { |
| 6138 | public: |
| 6139 | Target_x86_64_nacl() |
| 6140 | : Target_x86_64<size>(&x86_64_nacl_info) |
| 6141 | { } |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 | virtual Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>* |
| 6144 | do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout, |
| 6145 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 6146 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 6147 | Output_data_space* got_irelative) |
| 6148 | { |
| 6149 | return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>(layout, got, got_plt, |
| 6150 | got_irelative); |
| 6151 | } |
| 6152 | |
| 6153 | virtual Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>* |
| 6154 | do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout, |
| 6155 | Output_data_got<64, false>* got, |
| 6156 | Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt, |
| 6157 | Output_data_space* got_irelative, |
| 6158 | unsigned int plt_count) |
| 6159 | { |
| 6160 | return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>(layout, got, got_plt, |
| 6161 | got_irelative, |
| 6162 | plt_count); |
| 6163 | } |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 | virtual std::string |
| 6166 | do_code_fill(section_size_type length) const; |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | private: |
| 6169 | static const Target::Target_info x86_64_nacl_info; |
| 6170 | }; |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 | template<> |
| 6173 | const Target::Target_info Target_x86_64_nacl<64>::x86_64_nacl_info = |
| 6174 | { |
| 6175 | 64, // size |
| 6176 | false, // is_big_endian |
| 6177 | elfcpp::EM_X86_64, // machine_code |
| 6178 | false, // has_make_symbol |
| 6179 | false, // has_resolve |
| 6180 | true, // has_code_fill |
| 6181 | true, // is_default_stack_executable |
| 6182 | true, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections |
| 6183 | '\0', // wrap_char |
| 6184 | "/lib64/ld-nacl-x86-64.so.1", // dynamic_linker |
| 6185 | 0x20000, // default_text_segment_address |
| 6186 | 0x10000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size) |
| 6187 | 0x10000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size) |
| 6188 | true, // isolate_execinstr |
| 6189 | 0x10000000, // rosegment_gap |
| 6190 | elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // small_common_shndx |
| 6191 | elfcpp::SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON, // large_common_shndx |
| 6192 | 0, // small_common_section_flags |
| 6193 | elfcpp::SHF_X86_64_LARGE, // large_common_section_flags |
| 6194 | NULL, // attributes_section |
| 6195 | NULL, // attributes_vendor |
| 6196 | "_start", // entry_symbol_name |
| 6197 | 32, // hash_entry_size |
| 6198 | elfcpp::SHT_X86_64_UNWIND, // unwind_section_type |
| 6199 | }; |
| 6200 | |
| 6201 | template<> |
| 6202 | const Target::Target_info Target_x86_64_nacl<32>::x86_64_nacl_info = |
| 6203 | { |
| 6204 | 32, // size |
| 6205 | false, // is_big_endian |
| 6206 | elfcpp::EM_X86_64, // machine_code |
| 6207 | false, // has_make_symbol |
| 6208 | false, // has_resolve |
| 6209 | true, // has_code_fill |
| 6210 | true, // is_default_stack_executable |
| 6211 | true, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections |
| 6212 | '\0', // wrap_char |
| 6213 | "/lib/ld-nacl-x86-64.so.1", // dynamic_linker |
| 6214 | 0x20000, // default_text_segment_address |
| 6215 | 0x10000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size) |
| 6216 | 0x10000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size) |
| 6217 | true, // isolate_execinstr |
| 6218 | 0x10000000, // rosegment_gap |
| 6219 | elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // small_common_shndx |
| 6220 | elfcpp::SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON, // large_common_shndx |
| 6221 | 0, // small_common_section_flags |
| 6222 | elfcpp::SHF_X86_64_LARGE, // large_common_section_flags |
| 6223 | NULL, // attributes_section |
| 6224 | NULL, // attributes_vendor |
| 6225 | "_start", // entry_symbol_name |
| 6226 | 32, // hash_entry_size |
| 6227 | elfcpp::SHT_X86_64_UNWIND, // unwind_section_type |
| 6228 | }; |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 | #define NACLMASK 0xe0 // 32-byte alignment mask. |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 | // The first entry in the PLT. |
| 6233 | |
| 6234 | template<int size> |
| 6235 | const unsigned char |
| 6236 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 6237 | { |
| 6238 | 0xff, 0x35, // pushq contents of memory address |
| 6239 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 8 |
| 6240 | 0x4c, 0x8b, 0x1d, // mov GOT+16(%rip), %r11 |
| 6241 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 16 |
| 6242 | 0x41, 0x83, 0xe3, NACLMASK, // and $-32, %r11d |
| 6243 | 0x4d, 0x01, 0xfb, // add %r15, %r11 |
| 6244 | 0x41, 0xff, 0xe3, // jmpq *%r11 |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 | // 9-byte nop sequence to pad out to the next 32-byte boundary. |
| 6247 | 0x66, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw 0x0(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 6248 | |
| 6249 | // 32 bytes of nop to pad out to the standard size |
| 6250 | 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes |
| 6251 | 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 6252 | 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes |
| 6253 | 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 6254 | 0x66, // excess data32 prefix |
| 6255 | 0x90 // nop |
| 6256 | }; |
| 6257 | |
| 6258 | template<int size> |
| 6259 | void |
| 6260 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::do_fill_first_plt_entry( |
| 6261 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 6262 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 6263 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address) |
| 6264 | { |
| 6265 | memcpy(pov, first_plt_entry, plt_entry_size); |
| 6266 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2, |
| 6267 | (got_address + 8 |
| 6268 | - (plt_address + 2 + 4))); |
| 6269 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 9, |
| 6270 | (got_address + 16 |
| 6271 | - (plt_address + 9 + 4))); |
| 6272 | } |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 | // Subsequent entries in the PLT. |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 | template<int size> |
| 6277 | const unsigned char |
| 6278 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 6279 | { |
| 6280 | 0x4c, 0x8b, 0x1d, // mov name@GOTPCREL(%rip),%r11 |
| 6281 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of symbol in .got |
| 6282 | 0x41, 0x83, 0xe3, NACLMASK, // and $-32, %r11d |
| 6283 | 0x4d, 0x01, 0xfb, // add %r15, %r11 |
| 6284 | 0x41, 0xff, 0xe3, // jmpq *%r11 |
| 6285 | |
| 6286 | // 15-byte nop sequence to pad out to the next 32-byte boundary. |
| 6287 | 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes |
| 6288 | 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 | // Lazy GOT entries point here (32-byte aligned). |
| 6291 | 0x68, // pushq immediate |
| 6292 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with index into relocation table |
| 6293 | 0xe9, // jmp relative |
| 6294 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset to start of .plt0 |
| 6295 | |
| 6296 | // 22 bytes of nop to pad out to the standard size. |
| 6297 | 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes |
| 6298 | 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 6299 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x80, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopl 0x0(%rax) |
| 6300 | }; |
| 6301 | |
| 6302 | template<int size> |
| 6303 | unsigned int |
| 6304 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::do_fill_plt_entry( |
| 6305 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 6306 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 6307 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 6308 | unsigned int got_offset, |
| 6309 | unsigned int plt_offset, |
| 6310 | unsigned int plt_index) |
| 6311 | { |
| 6312 | memcpy(pov, plt_entry, plt_entry_size); |
| 6313 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 3, |
| 6314 | (got_address + got_offset |
| 6315 | - (plt_address + plt_offset |
| 6316 | + 3 + 4))); |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 33, plt_index); |
| 6319 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 38, |
| 6320 | - (plt_offset + 38 + 4)); |
| 6321 | |
| 6322 | return 32; |
| 6323 | } |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 | // The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT. |
| 6326 | |
| 6327 | template<int size> |
| 6328 | const unsigned char |
| 6329 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] = |
| 6330 | { |
| 6331 | 0xff, 0x35, // pushq x(%rip) |
| 6332 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of linkmap GOT entry (at PLTGOT + 8) |
| 6333 | 0x4c, 0x8b, 0x1d, // mov y(%rip),%r11 |
| 6334 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset of reserved TLSDESC_GOT entry |
| 6335 | 0x41, 0x83, 0xe3, NACLMASK, // and $-32, %r11d |
| 6336 | 0x4d, 0x01, 0xfb, // add %r15, %r11 |
| 6337 | 0x41, 0xff, 0xe3, // jmpq *%r11 |
| 6338 | |
| 6339 | // 41 bytes of nop to pad out to the standard size. |
| 6340 | 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes |
| 6341 | 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 6342 | 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes |
| 6343 | 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 6344 | 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes |
| 6345 | 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) |
| 6346 | }; |
| 6347 | |
| 6348 | template<int size> |
| 6349 | void |
| 6350 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::do_fill_tlsdesc_entry( |
| 6351 | unsigned char* pov, |
| 6352 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address, |
| 6353 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address, |
| 6354 | typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base, |
| 6355 | unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset, |
| 6356 | unsigned int plt_offset) |
| 6357 | { |
| 6358 | memcpy(pov, tlsdesc_plt_entry, plt_entry_size); |
| 6359 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2, |
| 6360 | (got_address + 8 |
| 6361 | - (plt_address + plt_offset |
| 6362 | + 2 + 4))); |
| 6363 | elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 9, |
| 6364 | (got_base |
| 6365 | + tlsdesc_got_offset |
| 6366 | - (plt_address + plt_offset |
| 6367 | + 9 + 4))); |
| 6368 | } |
| 6369 | |
| 6370 | // The .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT. |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 | template<int size> |
| 6373 | const unsigned char |
| 6374 | Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size] = |
| 6375 | { |
| 6376 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with offset to .plt. |
| 6377 | 0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with size of .plt. |
| 6378 | 0, // Augmentation size. |
| 6379 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16. |
| 6380 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, // Advance 6 to __PLT__ + 6. |
| 6381 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24. |
| 6382 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 58, // Advance 58 to __PLT__ + 64. |
| 6383 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. |
| 6384 | 13, // Block length. |
| 6385 | elfcpp::DW_OP_breg7, 8, // Push %rsp + 8. |
| 6386 | elfcpp::DW_OP_breg16, 0, // Push %rip. |
| 6387 | elfcpp::DW_OP_const1u, 63, // Push 0x3f. |
| 6388 | elfcpp::DW_OP_and, // & (%rip & 0x3f). |
| 6389 | elfcpp::DW_OP_const1u, 37, // Push 0x25. |
| 6390 | elfcpp::DW_OP_ge, // >= ((%rip & 0x3f) >= 0x25) |
| 6391 | elfcpp::DW_OP_lit3, // Push 3. |
| 6392 | elfcpp::DW_OP_shl, // << (((%rip & 0x3f) >= 0x25) << 3) |
| 6393 | elfcpp::DW_OP_plus, // + ((((%rip&0x3f)>=0x25)<<3)+%rsp+8 |
| 6394 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, // Align to 32 bytes. |
| 6395 | elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop |
| 6396 | }; |
| 6397 | |
| 6398 | // Return a string used to fill a code section with nops. |
| 6399 | // For NaCl, long NOPs are only valid if they do not cross |
| 6400 | // bundle alignment boundaries, so keep it simple with one-byte NOPs. |
| 6401 | template<int size> |
| 6402 | std::string |
| 6403 | Target_x86_64_nacl<size>::do_code_fill(section_size_type length) const |
| 6404 | { |
| 6405 | return std::string(length, static_cast<char>(0x90)); |
| 6406 | } |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 | // The selector for x86_64-nacl object files. |
| 6409 | |
| 6410 | template<int size> |
| 6411 | class Target_selector_x86_64_nacl |
| 6412 | : public Target_selector_nacl<Target_selector_x86_64<size>, |
| 6413 | Target_x86_64_nacl<size> > |
| 6414 | { |
| 6415 | public: |
| 6416 | Target_selector_x86_64_nacl() |
| 6417 | : Target_selector_nacl<Target_selector_x86_64<size>, |
| 6418 | Target_x86_64_nacl<size> >("x86-64", |
| 6419 | size == 64 |
| 6420 | ? "elf64-x86-64-nacl" |
| 6421 | : "elf32-x86-64-nacl", |
| 6422 | size == 64 |
| 6423 | ? "elf_x86_64_nacl" |
| 6424 | : "elf32_x86_64_nacl") |
| 6425 | { } |
| 6426 | }; |
| 6427 | |
| 6428 | Target_selector_x86_64_nacl<64> target_selector_x86_64; |
| 6429 | Target_selector_x86_64_nacl<32> target_selector_x32; |
| 6430 | |
| 6431 | } // End anonymous namespace. |